WO2019167539A1 - Method for confirming state of immunoassay device, and immunoassay device - Google Patents

Method for confirming state of immunoassay device, and immunoassay device Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2019167539A1
WO2019167539A1 PCT/JP2019/003455 JP2019003455W WO2019167539A1 WO 2019167539 A1 WO2019167539 A1 WO 2019167539A1 JP 2019003455 W JP2019003455 W JP 2019003455W WO 2019167539 A1 WO2019167539 A1 WO 2019167539A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
container
labeling substance
liquid phase
solid phase
substance
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/JP2019/003455
Other languages
French (fr)
Japanese (ja)
Inventor
卓弥 能田
徹 植村
金子 周平
Original Assignee
シスメックス株式会社
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by シスメックス株式会社 filed Critical シスメックス株式会社
Publication of WO2019167539A1 publication Critical patent/WO2019167539A1/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • GPHYSICS
    • G01MEASURING; TESTING
    • G01NINVESTIGATING OR ANALYSING MATERIALS BY DETERMINING THEIR CHEMICAL OR PHYSICAL PROPERTIES
    • G01N33/00Investigating or analysing materials by specific methods not covered by groups G01N1/00 - G01N31/00
    • G01N33/48Biological material, e.g. blood, urine; Haemocytometers
    • G01N33/50Chemical analysis of biological material, e.g. blood, urine; Testing involving biospecific ligand binding methods; Immunological testing
    • G01N33/53Immunoassay; Biospecific binding assay; Materials therefor
    • G01N33/543Immunoassay; Biospecific binding assay; Materials therefor with an insoluble carrier for immobilising immunochemicals
    • GPHYSICS
    • G01MEASURING; TESTING
    • G01NINVESTIGATING OR ANALYSING MATERIALS BY DETERMINING THEIR CHEMICAL OR PHYSICAL PROPERTIES
    • G01N33/00Investigating or analysing materials by specific methods not covered by groups G01N1/00 - G01N31/00
    • G01N33/48Biological material, e.g. blood, urine; Haemocytometers
    • G01N33/50Chemical analysis of biological material, e.g. blood, urine; Testing involving biospecific ligand binding methods; Immunological testing
    • G01N33/53Immunoassay; Biospecific binding assay; Materials therefor
    • G01N33/543Immunoassay; Biospecific binding assay; Materials therefor with an insoluble carrier for immobilising immunochemicals
    • G01N33/551Immunoassay; Biospecific binding assay; Materials therefor with an insoluble carrier for immobilising immunochemicals the carrier being inorganic
    • G01N33/553Metal or metal coated
    • GPHYSICS
    • G01MEASURING; TESTING
    • G01NINVESTIGATING OR ANALYSING MATERIALS BY DETERMINING THEIR CHEMICAL OR PHYSICAL PROPERTIES
    • G01N35/00Automatic analysis not limited to methods or materials provided for in any single one of groups G01N1/00 - G01N33/00; Handling materials therefor
    • GPHYSICS
    • G01MEASURING; TESTING
    • G01NINVESTIGATING OR ANALYSING MATERIALS BY DETERMINING THEIR CHEMICAL OR PHYSICAL PROPERTIES
    • G01N35/00Automatic analysis not limited to methods or materials provided for in any single one of groups G01N1/00 - G01N33/00; Handling materials therefor
    • G01N35/02Automatic analysis not limited to methods or materials provided for in any single one of groups G01N1/00 - G01N33/00; Handling materials therefor using a plurality of sample containers moved by a conveyor system past one or more treatment or analysis stations

Definitions

  • This invention relates to an immunoassay device for measuring a test substance in a specimen.
  • the immunoassay device disclosed in Patent Document 1 forms an immune complex 913 including a test substance 911 and a labeling substance 912 on a solid phase carrier 914 in a first container 901. Then, the immune complex 913 is released from the solid phase carrier 914 by the release reagent 915. Then, the immunoassay device performs the immune complex transfer method in which the liquid phase containing the released immune complex 913 is transferred to the second container 902 while leaving the solid phase carrier 914 in the first container 901, The signal based on the labeling substance 912 contained in the immune complex 913 in the two containers 902 is detected.
  • the measurement result obtained by the immunoassay device becomes a judgment material for diagnosing a disease or determining a treatment policy, the reliability of the measurement result is required.
  • a method for ensuring the reliability of measurement results there is a conventional method of measuring a quality control sample containing a known concentration of a test substance, which can be carried out easily. Used in measuring equipment.
  • the present invention is directed to making it possible to easily check the status of the function for executing the immune complex transfer method in the immunoassay device.
  • the method for confirming the state of an immunoassay device comprises an immune complex (84) comprising a test substance (81) and a labeling substance (21) in a specimen and supported on a solid phase carrier (22). ) Is released from the solid phase carrier (22) and the liquid phase in the first container (11) is transferred to the second container (12).
  • a complex is formed with respect to the first container (11) containing the control sample (20) containing the labeling substance (21) by being configured as described above.
  • the labeling substance (21) in the control sample (20) transferred to the second container (12) can be detected by performing a liquid phase transfer operation similar to the transfer process. If the complex transfer process is not performed normally, an abnormal detection result deviating from the expected detection result is acquired. Thereby, based on the detection result of the labeling substance (21) in the second container (12), it is possible to determine the state of the immunoassay device, such as whether or not the complex transfer process has been successfully performed. As a result, it is possible to easily check the status of the function for executing the immune complex transfer method in the immunoassay device.
  • the step of determining an abnormality in the complex transfer process based on the detection result of the labeling substance (21) in the second container (12). Prepare. With this configuration, for example, whether or not there is an abnormality in the complex transfer process by determining the detection result in the immunoassay device (100) that has detected the labeling substance (21) in the control sample (20). Can be determined.
  • the function of collecting the solid phase carrier (22) in the first container (11) and the liquid phase in the first container (11) are set to the second. Determining at least one abnormality of the function of transferring to the container (12).
  • the complex transfer treatment in order to move the liquid phase containing the immune complex (84) to the second container (12) and leave the solid phase carrier (22) in the first container (11), Whether the function of collecting the solid phase carrier (22) in the first container (11) is normal is important.
  • the function of transferring the liquid phase in the first container (11) to the second container (12) in order to detect the immune complex (84) transferred to the second container (12) by the complex transfer treatment. Whether or not is normal is important. According to the above configuration, since it is possible to determine the presence / absence of at least one of these functions, it is particularly useful for ensuring the reliability of the measurement result.
  • the detected value of the labeling substance (21) in the second container (12) exceeds the reference value (V1), or the detected value is the reference value.
  • Abnormality is determined based on falling below (V2). If comprised in this way, based on the detection value obtained by the measurement in a normal state, the reference value (V1, V2) for distinguishing between normal and abnormality is preset, and a detection value and a reference
  • the method for confirming the state of the immunoassay device preferably, before the step of transferring the liquid phase in the first container (11) to the second container (12), by the immunoassay device (100), The method further includes the step of dispensing the control sample (20) into the first container (11). If comprised in this way, even if the user of the immunoassay apparatus (100) and the service staff who performs maintenance service of the apparatus do not prepare the management sample (20) in the first container (11) in advance, the immunoassay The management sample (20) can be easily accommodated in the first container (11) by the apparatus (100).
  • the management sample (20) includes a solid phase carrier (22) to which a labeling substance (21) is bound, and is contained in the first container (11).
  • the solid phase carrier (22) to which the labeling substance (21) is bound is collected in the first container (11).
  • the solid phase carrier (22) to which the labeling substance (21) is bound is collected in the first container (11).
  • the solid phase carrier (22) is a magnetic particle
  • the process of collecting the solid phase carrier (22) includes a process of collecting the magnetic particles by the magnetic force source (52) and includes the second container (12).
  • the process of collecting the solid phase carrier (22) includes a process of collecting the magnetic particles by the magnetic force source (52) and includes the second container (12).
  • the “magnetic collecting function” is a function of collecting magnetic particles
  • the normal magnetic collecting function means that the first container (11) to the second container (12 ) Indicates that the carry-over amount of the magnetic particles transferred together with the liquid phase is suppressed within an allowable range.
  • the magnetic particles to which the labeling substance (21) is bonded are collected, so that the magnetic source (52) collects the magnetic particles based on the detection value of the labeling substance (21) in the second container (12). It is possible to easily determine whether the magnetic function is normal or abnormal.
  • the abnormal magnetic flux collecting function by the magnetic source (52) is detected. Judge that there is. If comprised in this way, when the detection value of a labeled
  • the reference value (V1) is an expected detection value of the labeling substance (21) corresponding to the allowable upper limit amount of the magnetic particles transferred to the second container (12) without being collected. If comprised in this way, when the magnetic particle of the quantity exceeding an allowable upper limit amount is moved to the 2nd container (12), it can determine easily that the magnetism collection function by a magnetic source (52) is abnormal. . Therefore, the reliability of the measurement result can be ensured by confirming that the allowable upper limit amount is not exceeded.
  • the known concentration in the first container (11) is set before the step of transferring the liquid phase in the first container (11) to the second container (12).
  • a sample containing the test substance (81), a labeling substance (83) binding to the test substance (81), a capture substance (86) binding to the test substance (81), and binding to the capture substance (86) The method further includes a step of contacting the solid phase carrier (82). If comprised in this way, the solid-phase carrier (82) which the label
  • the control sample (20) includes the first solid phase carrier (82a) to be dispensed into the first container (11) before the complex transfer process when the specimen is measured. If comprised in this way, the solid-phase carrier which the label
  • the control sample (20) A second solid phase carrier (82b) to be dispensed into the second container (12) after the complex transfer treatment at the time of measurement is included. If comprised in this way, the solid-phase carrier which the label
  • the liquid in the first container (11) is preferably used.
  • a step of performing BF separation for separating the liquid phase If comprised in this way, the labeling substance (83) in the liquid phase which did not couple
  • the mixing of the labeling substance (83) in the liquid phase can be suppressed, so that the state of the immunoassay device (100) is confirmed.
  • the detection accuracy of the labeling substance (83) for the purpose can be improved.
  • the immune complex (84) is released from the solid phase carrier (82) by dispensing the free reagent (85) into the first container (11), and BF
  • the liquid phase not containing the free reagent (85) is separated into the first container (11).
  • the process of adding is further provided. If comprised in this way, it replaces with the free reagent (85) dispensed when actually measuring the test substance containing a test substance (81), and the liquid phase (25) which does not contain a free reagent (85) is used.
  • the state of the immunoassay device (100) can be confirmed by the same operation as dispensing the free reagent (85) during actual sample measurement. Even in this case, since the binding between the labeling substance (83) and the solid phase carrier (82) is not eliminated, the function of collecting the solid phase carrier (82) can be appropriately confirmed.
  • control sample (20) includes the solid phase carrier (22) to which the labeling substance (21) is bound
  • the control sample (20) is not bound to the test substance (81) and the labeling substance ( 21) and a third solid phase carrier (23). If comprised in this way, using the 3rd solid-phase carrier (23) which does not contain the to-be-tested substance (81) as a reagent for exclusive use for the state confirmation of an immunoassay device (100), a solid-phase carrier (22 ) Can be confirmed.
  • the solid phase carrier (22) binds not only to the labeling substance (21) but also to the test substance (81), the solid phase carrier (22) and the labeling substance (which can be bound according to the type of the test substance (81)) 21), a plurality of types are prepared, whereas in the third solid phase carrier (23) that does not include the test substance (81), the immunoassay apparatus (100) is not dependent on the type of the test substance (81). The status can be checked. Therefore, it is possible to more easily check the state of the immunoassay device (100).
  • the control sample (20) includes a solution in which the labeling substance (21) is dissolved. If comprised in this way, since the labeling substance (21) exists as a liquid phase in the 1st container (11), for example, when the detection value of the labeling substance (21) does not rise, the liquid phase is set in the second container. When moving to (12), it can be determined that there is a high possibility that the liquid phase has not been properly transferred from the first container (11). Therefore, it can be easily confirmed whether or not the function of transferring the liquid phase in the first container (11) to the second container (12) in the complex transfer treatment is normal.
  • the liquid phase in the first container (11) is sucked and the sucked liquid phase is sucked into the second container.
  • (12) includes a dispensing process to be discharged, and further includes a step of determining abnormality of the dispensing function based on the detection result of the labeling substance (21) in the second container (12).
  • the “dispensing function” includes a function of sucking the liquid phase in the first container (11) and a function of discharging the sucked liquid phase to the second container (12).
  • the normal function means that the liquid phase can be sucked from the first container (11) and the sucked liquid phase can be discharged to the second container (12). If comprised in this way, it can be easily determined whether the dispensing function which performs suction
  • the dispensing function When determining an abnormality in the dispensing function, preferably, it is determined that there is an abnormality in the dispensing function when the detected value of the labeling substance (21) is lower than the reference value (V2).
  • the liquid containing the labeling substance (21) when the detected value of the labeling substance (21) is lower than the reference value (V2), the liquid containing the labeling substance (21) from the first container (11) to the second container (12). Since there is a high possibility that the phases have not been appropriately transferred, the dispensing function can be easily determined by comparing the detected value with the reference value (V2).
  • the reference value (V2) is a value set as an allowable limit of an expected detection value of the labeling substance (21) contained in the control sample (20). If comprised in this way, even if the process which moves the liquid phase containing a labeling substance (21) to a 2nd container (12) is performed, when a detected value is less than a reference value (V2), a dispensing function is abnormal. It can be easily determined. Therefore, the reliability of the measurement result can be ensured by confirming that the detected value exceeds the reference value (V2).
  • the management sample (20) When the management sample includes a solution in which the labeling substance (21) is dissolved, the management sample (20) preferably includes the labeling substance (21) to be dispensed into the first container (11) at the time of measurement of the specimen. . If comprised in this way, the liquid phase in a 1st container (11) will be made into a 2nd container using the label
  • the labeling substance (21) contained in the control sample (20) is an enzyme
  • the labeling substance (21) in the second container (12) is detected. May be performed by adding a substrate of the enzyme to the second container (12) and measuring a signal generated from a reaction product generated by the enzyme reaction.
  • the first container (11) a sample containing a test substance (81) having a known concentration or a sample not containing the test substance (81), a test Contacting a labeling substance (83) that binds to the substance (81), a capture substance (86) that binds to the test substance (81), and a solid phase carrier (82) that binds to the capture substance (86);
  • the first You may further provide the process of moving the liquid phase in a container (11) to a 2nd container (12), and the process of detecting the labeling substance (83) which exists in a 2nd container (12). That is, an accuracy control method for measuring a control sample in the second container (12) by performing an operation similar to that for measuring a specimen using a control sample having a known concentration or
  • the immunoassay device (100) comprises an immune complex (84) comprising a test substance (81) and a labeling substance (21) in a specimen and carried on a solid phase carrier (22).
  • the immune complex (84) is released from the solid phase carrier (22), and the liquid phase in the first container (11) is transferred to the second container (12).
  • An immunoassay device (100) for performing a transfer process wherein a liquid phase in a first container (11) containing a control sample (20) containing at least a labeling substance (21) is transferred to a second container (12).
  • the detection part (60) which detects the labeling substance (21) in the second container (12) to which the liquid phase has been transferred, and the detection part (60) And a determination unit (70) for determining an abnormality in the complex transfer process.
  • the immunoassay device (100) is configured as described above, whereby complex transfer is performed with respect to the first container (11) containing the control sample (20) containing the labeling substance (21).
  • the labeling substance (21) in the control sample (20) transferred to the second container (12) can be detected by performing a liquid phase transfer operation similar to the processing. If the complex transfer process is not performed normally, an abnormal detection result deviating from the expected detection result is acquired. Thus, the determination unit (70) can determine whether or not the complex transfer process has been successfully performed from the detection result of the labeling substance (21) in the second container (12). The status of the function for carrying out the immune complex transfer method in can be easily confirmed.
  • the determination unit (70) preferably has a function and a mechanism for collecting the solid phase carrier (22) in the first container (11) by the mechanism unit (50). An abnormality of at least one of the function of transferring the liquid phase in the first container (11) to the second container (12) by the unit (50) is determined.
  • the determination unit (70) causes at least one of the abnormality of the function of collecting the solid phase carrier (22) in the complex transfer process and the function of transferring the liquid phase to the second container (12). Since the presence or absence can be determined, it is particularly useful for ensuring the reliability of the measurement result.
  • the control sample (20) includes magnetic particles to which the labeling substance (21) is bound, and the mechanism part (50) is a magnetic material to which the labeling substance (21) is bound in the first container (11).
  • a magnetic source (52) for collecting particles is included, and the determination unit (70) determines abnormality of the magnetic collection function by the magnetic source (52).
  • the solid phase carrier (22) to which the labeling substance (21) is bound is collected in the first container (11). For example, when the detection value of the labeling substance (21) increases. There is a possibility that when the liquid phase is transferred to the second container (12), the solid phase carrier (22) is not sufficiently magnetized and the solid phase carrier (22) is also transferred to the second container (12). Can be determined to be high. Therefore, it can be easily determined whether the magnetic flux collecting function by the magnetic force source (52) in the complex transition process is normal or abnormal.
  • the control sample ( 20) includes a solution in which the labeling substance (21) is dissolved.
  • the mechanism (50) sucks the liquid phase in the first container (11) and discharges the sucked liquid phase to the second container (12).
  • the determination unit (70) includes a suction pipe (51) that performs the determination, and determines an abnormality in the dispensing function of the suction pipe (51).
  • the labeling substance (21) exists as a liquid phase in the 1st container (11), for example, when the detection value of the labeling substance (21) does not rise, the liquid phase is set in the second container.
  • the dispenser by the suction pipe (51) that performs the suction of the liquid phase and the discharge of the liquid phase is not normal. Therefore, the presence or absence of abnormality in the dispensing function by the suction tube (51) in the complex transfer process can be easily confirmed.
  • the mechanism unit (50) includes a sample dispensing unit (120) for dispensing a sample containing the test substance (81), and a labeling substance.
  • the control sample (20) is prepared. If comprised in this way, even if the user and service staff of an immunoassay device (100) do not prepare the management sample (20) in the 1st container (11) in advance, it is easy by the immunoassay device (100).
  • the management sample (20) can be accommodated in the first container (11).
  • the reagent dispensing unit (130) removes the free reagent (85) that liberates the immune complex (84) from the solid phase carrier (82) when the sample is measured. 11), when determining an abnormality in the process of transferring the liquid phase in the first container (11) to the second container (12), the free reagent (85) is replaced with the free reagent (85). Dispense the free liquid phase (25). If comprised in this way, it replaces with the free reagent (85) dispensed when actually measuring the test substance containing a test substance (81), and the liquid phase (25) which does not contain a free reagent (85) is used.
  • the state of the immunoassay device (100) can be confirmed by the same operation as dispensing the free reagent (85) during actual sample measurement. Even in this case, since the binding between the labeling substance (83) and the solid phase carrier (82) is not eliminated, the magnetic flux collecting function of the solid phase carrier (82) can be appropriately confirmed.
  • the mechanism part (50) preferably includes a test substance (81) and a labeling substance (83). It includes a solid phase carrier (82) bound to the immune complex (84) and a BF separation unit (170) for separating the liquid phase, and the BF separation unit (170) is a control sample in the first container (11). BF separation for (20) is performed. If comprised in this way, the labeling substance (83) in the liquid phase which was not couple
  • the mixing of the labeling substance (83) in the liquid phase can be suppressed, so that the state of the immunoassay device (100) is confirmed.
  • the detection accuracy of the labeling substance (83) for the purpose can be improved.
  • the present invention it is possible to easily confirm the state of the function for executing the immune complex transfer method in the immunoassay device.
  • FIG. 1 is a schematic diagram showing a first example of a state confirmation method for an immunoassay device.
  • FIG. 2 is a schematic diagram showing a second example of the state confirmation method of the immunoassay device.
  • FIG. 3 is a schematic diagram showing an outline of the immunoassay device.
  • FIG. 4 is a diagram for explaining an outline of measurement of a sample by the immunoassay device.
  • FIG. 5 is a schematic plan view showing a specific configuration example of the immunoassay device.
  • FIG. 6 is a schematic diagram for explaining the sample dispensing unit.
  • FIG. 7 is a schematic diagram for explaining the reagent dispensing unit.
  • FIG. 8 is a schematic diagram for explaining the BF separation unit.
  • FIG. 1 is a schematic diagram showing a first example of a state confirmation method for an immunoassay device.
  • FIG. 2 is a schematic diagram showing a second example of the state confirmation method of the immunoassay device.
  • FIG. 3 is a schematic diagram showing
  • FIG. 9A is a schematic diagram illustrating a configuration example of a mechanism unit for transferring the liquid phase from the first container to the second container.
  • FIG. 9B is a schematic diagram illustrating a configuration example of a mechanism unit for transferring the liquid phase from the first container to the second container.
  • FIG. 9C is a schematic diagram illustrating a configuration example of a mechanism unit for transferring the liquid phase from the first container to the second container.
  • FIG. 10 is a schematic diagram for explaining the detection unit.
  • FIG. 11 is a diagram for explaining a method of determining a magnetic flux collecting function.
  • FIG. 12 is a diagram for explaining the first embodiment for confirming the magnetism collecting function of the immunoassay device.
  • FIG. 13 is a diagram for explaining the second embodiment for confirming the magnetism collecting function of the immunoassay device.
  • FIG. 14 is a diagram for explaining the third embodiment for confirming the magnetism collecting function of the immunoassay device.
  • FIG. 15 is a diagram for explaining Example 1 performed to confirm the effect of the third embodiment.
  • FIG. 16 shows the measurement results of Example 1.
  • FIG. 17 is a diagram for explaining a method for determining the dispensing function.
  • FIG. 18 is a diagram for explaining the fourth embodiment for confirming the dispensing function of the immunoassay device.
  • FIG. 19 is a diagram for explaining the fifth embodiment for confirming the dispensing function of the immunoassay device.
  • FIG. 20 is a diagram for explaining Example 2 performed to confirm the effect of the fifth embodiment.
  • FIG. 21 is a diagram showing the measurement results of Example 2.
  • FIG. 22 is a flowchart for explaining the operation of the immunoassay device.
  • FIG. 23 is a diagram for explaining the prior art
  • the state confirmation method of the immunoassay apparatus 100 is a state confirmation method of the immunoassay apparatus 100 that performs a complex transfer process in which the liquid phase in the first container 11 is transferred to the second container 12.
  • the immunoassay apparatus 100 measures a test substance in a specimen using an antigen-antibody reaction.
  • the specimen is a biological sample such as blood collected from a living body, for example.
  • the blood may be whole blood, serum, or plasma.
  • the test substance is, for example, an antigen or antibody contained in blood, a protein, a peptide, or the like.
  • the first container 11 and the second container 12 are, for example, cylindrical containers that are open at the upper end and closed at the bottom at the lower end, and are reaction containers (cuvettes) that can contain liquids such as specimens and reagents. These containers are, for example, disposable resin containers. In this case, the used container can be discarded as it is.
  • the first container 11 and the second container 12 may be containers having the same shape or different shapes.
  • the immunoassay apparatus 100 performs a complex transfer process by an immune complex transfer method.
  • a test substance 81 and a labeling substance 83 in a specimen are contained in an immunocomplex (conjugate by antigen-antibody reaction) 84 that is carried on a solid phase carrier 82.
  • the immune complex 84 is released from the solid phase carrier 82 in one container 11 and the released immune complex 84 is separated from the solid phase carrier 82.
  • the immunoassay apparatus 100 performs the complex transfer process by leaving the solid phase carrier 82 in the first container 11 and transferring the liquid phase in the first container 11 to the second container 12.
  • the immunoassay apparatus 100 prevents the solid phase carrier 82 from being carried over to the second container 12 together with the liquid phase. Collect the solid support 82.
  • the immune complex may be a labeling substance (an antibody that binds to the test substance or a labeling substance bound to a light source).
  • the immune complex can be a conjugate of a labeling substance and an antibody.
  • the immune complex can be a conjugate of a labeling substance, an antibody, and a test substance.
  • the method for confirming the state of the immunoassay apparatus 100 according to the present embodiment confirms whether or not the function for performing the complex transfer process by the immunoassay apparatus 100 is normal.
  • the method for confirming the state of the immunoassay device 100 is a step of transferring the liquid phase in the first container 11 containing the control sample 20 containing at least the labeling substance 21 to the second container 12 ( a), a step (b) of detecting the labeling substance 21 in the second container 12 to which the liquid phase has been transferred, and a detection result of the labeling substance 21 in the second container 12, and a complex transfer process is performed. And (c) determining the state of the immunoassay device 100. That is, in the state confirmation method, as the step (a), the liquid phase transfer operation similar to the complex transfer process at the time of sample measurement by the immunoassay apparatus 100 is performed. In step (b), the control sample 20 in the transferred second container 12 is measured. In step (c), the state is determined based on the detection result obtained in step (b).
  • Step (a) is performed by, for example, a dispensing process in which the liquid phase in the first container 11 is sucked by the suction tube 51 provided in the immunoassay apparatus 100 and the sucked liquid phase is discharged into the second container 12.
  • step (b) for example, the labeling substance 21 in the second container 12 is detected by a detection unit provided in the immunoassay apparatus 100.
  • step (c) for example, the determination unit provided in the immunoassay apparatus 100 performs state determination based on the detection result.
  • Step (c) can also be performed by, for example, a computer connected to the immunoassay device 100, a server device that can communicate with the immunoassay device 100 via a network, and the like.
  • the labeling substance is not particularly limited as long as it can emit a detectable or measurable signal.
  • an enzyme, a fluorescent substance, a radioisotope, etc. are mentioned.
  • the enzyme include alkaline phosphatase, ⁇ -galactosidase, peroxidase, glucose oxidase, tyrosinase, acid phosphatase, and luciferase, but are not particularly limited.
  • Fluorescent substances include fluorescein isothiocyanate (FITC), coumarin, rhodamine, fluorescein, Cy3, Cy5, Hoechst 33342, 4 ′, 6-diamidino-2-phenylindole (DAPI), propidium iodide (PI), Alexa Fluor ( Fluorescent dyes such as Molecular Probes (registered trademark) series, fluorescent proteins such as green fluorescent protein (GFP), and the like are exemplified, but not limited thereto. Examples of the radioisotope include 125I, 14C, and 32P, but are not particularly limited.
  • the labeling substance 21 is a concept including a labeling antibody (an antibody that binds to a test substance and a labeling substance bound) used as a measurement reagent.
  • the labeling substance 21 included in the management sample 20 may be the same labeling substance as the labeling substance 83 (see FIG. 4) included in the immune complex 84 at the time of measurement of the specimen, or different. It may be a labeling substance.
  • the detection of the labeling substance is not particularly limited as long as it is performed by an appropriate method according to the type of label used for the labeling substance. What is necessary is just to detect the abundance of a labeling substance using the detection means corresponding to the labeling substance.
  • the label used for the labeling substance is an enzyme
  • the measurement can be performed by measuring light, color, etc. generated by reacting a substrate with the enzyme.
  • a detection unit in this case, a photomultiplier tube, a spectrophotometer, a luminometer, or the like can be used.
  • the labeling substance is a radioisotope, a scintillation counter or the like can be used as the detection unit.
  • the labeling substance is a fluorescent substance
  • the labeling substance can be detected using a fluorescence detector capable of detecting the emitted fluorescence.
  • a known substrate may be appropriately selected according to the enzyme used.
  • the substrate is CDP-Star®, (4-chloro-3- (methoxyspiro ⁇ 1,2-dioxetane-3,2 ′-(5′-chloro) trixiro [3.3.1.13,7] decan ⁇ -4-yl) phenyl phosphate disodium), CSPD® (3- (4-methoxyspiro ⁇ 1,2-dioxetane-3,2- ( Chemiluminescent substrates such as 5′-chloro) tricyclo [3.3.1.13,7] decan ⁇ -4-yl) phenyl phosphate disodium); p-nitrophenyl phosphate, 5-bromo-4-chloro- Luminescent substrates such as 3-indolyl phosphate (BCIP), 4-nitroblue tetrazolium chloride (NBT).
  • the detection result reflecting the abundance of the labeling substance 21 is acquired by the detection.
  • the detection result can be acquired in the form of numerical information as a detection value corresponding to the amount of the labeling substance 21 present.
  • Management sample including solid phase carrier bound with labeling substance As shown in FIG. 1, when the management sample 20 includes a solid phase carrier 22 to which a labeling substance 21 is bound, a process of collecting the solid phase carrier 22 is performed when performing the step (a). By the step (a), the liquid phase is moved from the first container 11 to the second container 12 while leaving the solid phase carrier 22. For this reason, the second container 12 contains a liquid phase that does not include the solid phase carrier 22 to which the labeling substance 21 is bound.
  • the solid phase carrier is, for example, a known particle used in immunoassay.
  • the particles include magnetic particles, latex particles, erythrocytes, and gelatin particles.
  • the magnetic particle may be any particle that contains a magnetic material as a base material and is used for normal immunoassay. For example, magnetic particles using Fe 2 O 3 and / or Fe 3 O 4 , cobalt, nickel, phyllite, magnetite, etc. as the substrate can be used.
  • the solid phase carrier 22 included in the management sample 20 may be the same solid phase carrier 82 as the solid phase carrier 82 that binds to the immune complex 84 when the specimen is measured, or a different solid phase carrier. It may be.
  • the binding between the labeling substance and the solid phase carrier may be performed directly by chemical bonding or indirectly through a capturing substance.
  • a combination of biotin and avidin, hapten and anti-hapten antibody, nickel and histatidine tag, glutathione and glutathione-S-transferase, etc. can be used.
  • “Avidins” means containing avidin and streptavidin.
  • a fluorescent dye conjugated with biotin can be bound to a solid phase carrier coated with streptavidin.
  • a solid phase carrier 22 to which the labeling substance 21 is bound a commercially available one can be suitably used.
  • a solid phase to which the labeling substance 21 is bound is bound.
  • the carrier 22 may be formed. That is, the solid phase carrier 22 to which the labeling substance 21 is bound is prepared by forming an immune complex 84 composed of the labeling substance 83, the test substance 81, and the capture substance 86 on the solid phase carrier 82 shown in FIG. May be. In this case, as described later, such a substance can be produced by causing the immunoassay apparatus 100 to execute part or all of the immunoassay operation.
  • the labeling substance 21 in the second container 12 is detected.
  • the solid phase carrier 22 is not carried over to the second container 12 beyond the allowable upper limit for use. Therefore, when the function of collecting the solid phase carrier 22 of the immunoassay apparatus 100 is normal, the detection value of the labeling substance 21 in step (b) is as low as that obtained when a blank sample not containing the labeling substance 21 is measured. It becomes.
  • the blank sample is a sample that does not contain the labeling substance 21.
  • step (a) the step (a) The solid phase carrier 22 to which the labeling substance 21 is bound is transferred to the second container 12 together with the liquid phase. Therefore, when the function of collecting the solid phase carrier 22 of the immunoassay apparatus 100 is abnormal, the detected value of the labeling substance 21 in step (b) becomes an abnormally high value that is outside the allowable range of the detected value in the normal state.
  • the detection result by the step (b) is acquired in the step (c).
  • the state of the immunoassay apparatus 100 in the complex transfer process is determined. That is, it is determined from the detection result whether the complex transfer process has been successfully performed.
  • the state of determination may be a binary classification of “normal” or “abnormal”, “0 (no abnormality)” or “1 (abnormal)”.
  • the degree of normality or abnormality may be determined according to the detection value.
  • the judgment range such as within the complete normal range, outside the normal range but within the allowable range, within the allowable range but within the boundary range close to the abnormal value (outside the allowable range), and depending on the detection value It may be determined which range belongs.
  • the user can obtain information for determining the necessity of maintenance of the immunoassay device 100, for example, based on the determination result.
  • Control sample containing liquid in which labeling substance is dissolved As shown in FIG. 2, when the control sample 20 contains a liquid in which the labeling substance 21 is dissolved, the liquid phase containing the labeling substance 21 is transferred from the first container 11 to the second container 12 in step (a). . For this reason, the liquid phase containing the labeling substance 21 is accommodated in the second container 12.
  • the labeling substance 21 in the second container 12 is detected.
  • the function of transferring the liquid phase in the first container 11 of the immunoassay apparatus 100 to the second container 12 is normal, the labeling substance 21 in the liquid phase is sufficiently transferred into the second container 12. Therefore, when the function of transferring the liquid phase in the first container 11 of the immunoassay apparatus 100 to the second container 12 is normal, the detected value of the labeling substance 21 in step (b) is the labeling substance contained in the management sample 20. Within the tolerances expected from 21 known concentrations.
  • the function of transferring the liquid phase in the first container 11 of the immunoassay apparatus 100 to the second container 12 is abnormal, for example, the liquid phase could not be transferred from the first container 11 to the second container 12. In this case, the liquid phase containing the labeling substance 21 is not transferred to the second container 12 even by the step (a). Therefore, when the function of transferring the liquid phase in the first container 11 of the immunoassay apparatus 100 to the second container 12 is abnormal, the detection value of the labeling substance 21 in step (b) is determined from the known concentration of the labeling substance 21. The value deviates from the expected allowable range.
  • step (c) from the detection results obtained by performing steps (a) and (b) on the control sample 20 containing the liquid in which the labeling substance 21 is dissolved, immunoassay in complex transfer treatment is performed.
  • the state of the device 100 is determined. That is, it is determined whether the complex transfer process has been successfully performed.
  • the same operation as the complex transfer process is performed on the first container 11 containing the management sample 20 including the labeling substance 21, and the second The labeling substance 21 in the control sample 20 transferred to the container 12 can be detected. If the complex transfer process is not performed normally, an abnormal detection result deviating from the expected detection result is acquired. Thereby, based on the detection result of the labeling substance 21 in the second container 12, it is possible to determine the state of the immunoassay device 100, such as whether the complex transfer process has been successfully performed. As a result, it is possible to easily check the status of the function for executing the immune complex transfer method in the immunoassay apparatus 100.
  • ⁇ Treatment of collecting the solid support> As shown in FIG. 1, when the management sample 20 includes a solid phase carrier 22 to which a labeling substance 21 is bound, in the step (a) of transferring the liquid phase in the first container 11 to the second container 12, the first container 11. The solid phase carrier 22 to which the labeling substance 21 is bound is collected.
  • the process of collecting the solid phase carrier 22 is performed, for example, by centrifuging the first container 11 with the immunoassay apparatus 100 and allowing the solid phase carrier 22 to settle at the bottom of the container.
  • the process of collecting the solid support 22 includes a process of collecting the magnetic particles by the magnetic force source 52.
  • magnetic particles are collected by a magnetic source 52 provided in the immunoassay apparatus 100.
  • the solid phase carrier 22 to which the labeling substance 21 is bound is collected in the first container 11, for example, when the detection value of the labeling substance 21 increases, the solid phase is transferred when the liquid phase is transferred to the second container 12.
  • the carrier 22 is not sufficiently collected and the solid phase carrier 22 is also transferred. Therefore, it can be easily confirmed whether or not the function of collecting the solid phase carrier 22 in the first container 11 in the complex transfer process is normal.
  • steps (a) and (b) there may be the following steps.
  • the method for confirming the state of the immunoassay apparatus further includes a step of determining an abnormality in the complex transfer process based on the detection result of the labeling substance 21 in the second container 12.
  • the presence or absence of abnormality in the complex transfer process can be determined by determining the magnitude of the detection value acquired in step (b).
  • the determination can be performed by, for example, a determination unit 70 (see FIG. 3) included in the immunoassay apparatus 100 or an external apparatus such as a host computer connected to the immunoassay apparatus 100 so as to be communicable.
  • the function for performing the complex transfer process includes a function of collecting the solid phase carrier 22 in the first container 11 and a function of transferring the liquid phase in the first container 11 to the second container 12. Including. Therefore, the step of determining abnormality in the complex transfer process includes at least one of a function of collecting the solid phase carrier 22 in the first container 11 and a function of transferring the liquid phase in the first container 11 to the second container 12. Including determining any abnormality.
  • the liquid phase containing the immune complex 84 is transferred to the second container 12, and the solid phase carrier 22 in the first container 11 is left in the first container 11 to leave the solid phase carrier 22.
  • the collecting function is normal or not is important.
  • the management sample 20 includes the solid phase carrier 22 to which the labeling substance 21 is bound
  • the solid phase carrier 22 in the first container 11 is changed based on the detection result of the step (b). It is possible to determine whether or not the function to be collected is normal.
  • the abnormality is detected based on whether the detected value of the labeling substance 21 in the second container 12 exceeds the reference value V1 or the detected value is lower than the reference value V1. judge.
  • the composite value can be obtained simply by comparing the detection value with the reference value V1. Abnormality determination of the transfer process can be easily performed.
  • a step of dispensing the management sample 20 into the first container 11 by the immunoassay device 100 may be further provided.
  • the immunoassay apparatus 100 sucks the management sample 20 from a container (not shown) that stores the management sample 20 in advance by the suction tube 51 and discharges the management sample 20 into the first container 11. Thereby, even if the user or service staff of the immunoassay apparatus 100 does not prepare the management sample 20 in the first container 11 in advance, the management sample 20 is easily accommodated in the first container 11 by the immunoassay apparatus 100. Can be made.
  • the immunoassay device 100 is a device that measures a test substance in a specimen using an antigen-antibody reaction.
  • the immunoassay apparatus 100 performs a complex transfer process by an immune complex transfer method. That is, as shown in FIG. 4, the immunoassay device 100 includes an inside of the first container 11 that contains an immune complex 84 that includes a test substance 81 and a labeling substance 83 in a sample and is carried on a solid phase carrier 82.
  • the immunoassay apparatus 100 performs the complex transfer process in which the immune complex 84 is released from the solid phase carrier 82 and the liquid phase in the first container 11 is transferred to the second container 12.
  • the immunoassay apparatus 100 includes a mechanism unit 50 that performs a process of transferring the liquid phase in the first container 11 in which the management sample 20 containing at least the labeling substance 21 is stored to the second container 12, and the liquid
  • the detection part 60 which detects the labeled
  • the mechanism unit 50 has at least a function of executing a complex transfer process. That is, the mechanism unit 50 is configured to perform a process of transferring the liquid phase in the first container 11 to the second container 12.
  • the mechanism unit 50 may have a function of performing not only the complex transfer process but also a process necessary for the immunoassay on the reaction container.
  • the mechanism unit 50 can perform a process of forming an immune complex including the test substance 81 and the labeling substance 21 in the sample on the solid phase carrier 22 in the first container 11.
  • the mechanism unit 50 can include one or a plurality of processing units depending on the type and number of processing steps performed by the immunoassay apparatus 100.
  • One processing unit may perform one type of processing step, or may be a processing unit capable of performing a plurality of types of processing steps.
  • the mechanism unit 50 includes, for example, a suction pipe 51 that sucks the liquid phase in the first container 11 and discharges the sucked liquid phase to the second container 12.
  • the suction pipe 51 is connected to a pressure source (not shown) such as a metering pump, for example, and sucks a predetermined amount of liquid from the tip and can dispense a fixed amount.
  • the mechanism unit 50 includes a magnetic force source 52 that collects magnetic particles bound to the labeling substance 21 in the first container 11.
  • the magnetic source 52 is positioned in the vicinity of the first container 11. Magnetic particles can be collected by the magnetic force of the magnetic source 52.
  • the magnetic collection is to collect magnetic materials by applying a magnetic force.
  • the magnetic force source 52 applies a magnetic force to the magnetic particles in the first container 11 to collect the magnetic particles at a predetermined position such as the inner surface or the bottom of the first container 11.
  • a permanent magnet or an electromagnet can be employed.
  • the mechanism unit 50 may include a sample dispensing unit for dispensing the sample into the first container 11.
  • the mechanism unit 50 can perform a step of dispensing a specimen containing the test substance 81.
  • the mechanism unit 50 processes the first container 11 in which the sample has been dispensed in advance, it is not necessary to provide the sample dispensing unit in the mechanism unit 50.
  • the mechanism unit 50 may include a reagent dispensing unit for dispensing the reagent to the first container 11.
  • the mechanism unit 50 includes a step of dispensing a solid phase reagent including solid phase carriers 22 and 82 such as magnetic particles, a step of dispensing a labeling reagent including labeling substances 21 and 83, and a free reagent 85. A dispensing process can be performed.
  • the mechanism unit 50 processes the first container 11 in which these reagents are dispensed in advance, it is not necessary to provide the reagent dispensing unit in the mechanism unit 50.
  • the various reagents dispensed into the first container 11 are liquid reagents and are stored in separate reagent containers for each type.
  • the solid phase reagent is a liquid reagent containing solid phase carriers 22 and 82 such as magnetic particles in a liquid
  • the labeling reagent is a liquid reagent containing labeling substances 21 and 83 in the liquid.
  • the free reagent 85 is a liquid reagent containing a component for eliminating the binding between the immune complex 84 and the solid phase carrier 82.
  • the release reagent 85 eliminates the binding between the immune complex 84 including the test substance 81 and the labeling substance 83 and the solid phase carrier 82, and releases the immune complex 84 from the solid phase carrier 82.
  • the free reagent 85 cancels the binding between the solid phase carrier 82 and the test substance 81.
  • the free reagent 85 binds to the solid phase carrier 82 and the capture substance 86, or the test substance 81 and the capture substance 86 bind to each other. Can be eliminated.
  • the free reagent 85 is selected according to the type of binding between the immune complex 84 and the solid phase carrier 82.
  • a hapten or a hapten derivative can be used as the free reagent 85.
  • a solution containing ions can be used as the free reagent 85.
  • a ligand or a ligand analog can be used as the free reagent 85.
  • the bond between the immune complex 84 and the solid phase carrier 82 is a lectin-sugar chain bond as a separable bond
  • a carbohydrate can be used as the free reagent 85.
  • biotin can be used as the free reagent 85.
  • the mechanism unit 50 may include a reaction unit for heating and reacting the sample in the first container 11.
  • the mechanism unit 50 can promote the reaction of the sample in a temperature environment suitable for the reaction during the process of forming the immune complex 84 or the process of releasing the immune complex 84, so that the process is efficiently performed. Can do.
  • the reaction unit is provided in the mechanism unit 50. There is no need.
  • the detection unit 60 has a function of detecting the labeling substances 21 and 83 in the liquid phase dispensed into the second container 12. As described above, the detection may be performed by an appropriate method according to the types of the labeling substances 21 and 83, and the detection method is not particularly limited. As the detection unit 60, a photomultiplier tube, a spectrophotometer, a luminometer, or the like can be used. When detecting fluorescence, the detection unit 60 may include a light source for irradiating excitation light. Further, when the labeling substance is a radioisotope, a scintillation counter or the like can be used as the detection unit 60.
  • the determination unit 70 acquires the detection result of the detection unit 60.
  • the determination unit 70 is configured by a computer including a processor such as a CPU and a storage unit such as a hard disk drive and a flash memory, for example.
  • the processor functions as the determination unit 70 of the immunoassay device 100 by executing the control program stored in the storage unit.
  • the determination unit 70 determines an abnormality in the complex transfer process based on the detection result of the detection unit 60.
  • the immunoassay device 100 performs the state confirmation method of the immunoassay device 100 shown in at least one of FIGS. 1 and 2 with the above-described configuration. Thereby, the liquid phase transfer operation similar to the complex transfer process is performed on the first container 11 containing the management sample 20 including the labeling substance 21, and the management sample 20 transferred to the second container 12. The labeling substance 21 inside can be detected. If the complex transfer process is not performed normally, an abnormal detection result deviating from the expected detection result is acquired. Thereby, it can be confirmed from the detection result of the labeling substance 21 in the second container 12 whether or not the complex transfer process has been normally performed, so that the immune complex transfer method in the immunoassay device is executed. The function status can be easily checked.
  • the immunoassay apparatus 100 includes a mechanism unit 50, a detection unit 60, and a determination unit 70.
  • the immunoassay device 100 includes an analysis unit 110 for analyzing an immunoassay result.
  • the determination unit 70 is realized as part of the function executed by the analysis unit 110.
  • the mechanism unit 50 includes a sample dispensing unit 120, a reagent dispensing unit 130, a container supply unit 140, a reagent storage 150, a reaction unit 160, and a BF separation unit 170. Moreover, the mechanism part 50 contains the container transfer part 180 which conveys a container to each of these parts.
  • the immunoassay apparatus 100 includes a sample transport unit 190 and a housing 105 that houses the mechanism unit 50 and the detection unit 60.
  • the housing 105 has a box shape that houses each part of the immunoassay device 100 therein.
  • the housing 105 can be configured with one or a plurality of layers.
  • the sample transport unit 190 is configured to transport a sample collected from the subject to a suction position by the sample dispensing unit 120.
  • the sample transport unit 190 can transport a rack in which a plurality of sample containers 191 (see FIG. 6) containing a sample are installed to a predetermined sample suction position.
  • the sample dispensing unit 120 can aspirate the sample conveyed by the sample conveyance unit 190 and dispense the aspirated sample into the first container 11.
  • the sample dispensing unit 120 includes a suction tube 121 connected to a fluid circuit for performing suction and discharge, and a moving mechanism (not shown) that moves the suction tube 121.
  • the sample dispensing unit 120 attaches a dispensing tip 122 to the tip of the suction tube 121 from a tip supply unit (not shown), for example, and sucks a predetermined amount of the sample in the transported sample container 191 into the dispensing tip 122.
  • the sample dispensing unit 120 dispenses the aspirated sample into the first container 11 disposed at a predetermined sample dispensing position. After dispensing, the sample dispensing unit 120 removes the dispensing tip 122 from the tip of the suction tube 121 and discards it.
  • the container supply unit 140 can store a plurality of unused reaction containers. That is, the container supply unit 140 can store a plurality of unused first containers 11 and second containers 12 and supply them to predetermined container supply positions. In this configuration example, reaction containers having the same shape and the same material are used as the first container 11 and the second container 12. That is, the unused reaction container supplied from the container supply unit 140 can be used as both the first container 11 and the second container 12. In addition, when the 1st container 11 and the 2nd container 12 correspond in common, and it is not necessary to distinguish, it is only called "reaction container 10."
  • the container transfer unit 180 can transfer the reaction container 10.
  • the container transfer unit 180 acquires an empty container from the container supply position, and puts the container at each processing position such as the sample dispensing unit 120, the reagent dispensing unit 130, the reaction unit 160, the BF separation unit 170, the detection unit 60, and the like.
  • Transport The container transfer unit 180 includes, for example, a catcher that holds the container or a holding unit having a container installation hole, and a moving mechanism that moves the catcher or the holding unit.
  • the moving mechanism moves in the direction of one axis or a plurality of axes by, for example, one or more linear motion mechanisms capable of linear movement.
  • the moving mechanism can move, for example, in three orthogonal directions in the vertical direction and two horizontal directions.
  • the moving mechanism may include an arm mechanism that rotates horizontally around the rotation axis and an articulated robot mechanism.
  • One or a plurality of container transfer units 180 are provided according to the arrangement of the processing positions of the units in the housing 105.
  • the reaction unit 160 includes a heater and a temperature sensor, holds the reaction vessel 10, and heats and reacts the sample stored in the vessel. By heating, the specimen and reagent contained in the container react.
  • One or more reaction units 160 are provided in the housing 105.
  • the reaction unit 160 may be fixedly installed in the housing 105 or may be movably provided in the housing 105. When the reaction unit 160 is configured to be movable, the reaction unit 160 can also function as a part of the container transfer unit 180.
  • the reagent storage 150 has a box shape and includes a container holding portion 151 and a cooling mechanism inside.
  • the container holding unit 151 holds the reagent container 155.
  • the cooling mechanism keeps the reagent in the reagent container 155 at a constant temperature suitable for storage.
  • the reagent storage 150 has a plurality of holes 152 on the upper surface for allowing the reagent dispensing unit 130 to enter the inside of the reagent storage 150.
  • the container holding part 151 is formed to hold a plurality of reagent containers 155 side by side in the circumferential direction.
  • the container holding part 151 can hold a plurality of reagent containers 155 side by side in the radial direction. That is, the container holding part 151 can arrange the row
  • the container holding part 151 can independently rotate the row of a plurality of concentric reagent containers 155 in the circumferential direction.
  • the container holding unit 151 has a desired reagent container selected from the row of the corresponding reagent containers 155 at a position immediately below each of the plurality of holes 152 provided in accordance with the reagent dispensing unit 130. 155 can be arranged. As a result, the reagent in the reagent container 155 arranged at a position immediately below the hole 152 is aspirated by the reagent dispensing unit 130.
  • a reagent container 155 that stores r1 reagent, r4 reagent, r5 reagent, r6 reagent, and r7 reagent, which will be described later, is set.
  • the reagent container 155 may have a structure that has a plurality of storage chambers and can store a plurality of types of reagents.
  • the reagent dispensing unit 130 sucks the reagent in the reagent container 155 and dispenses the sucked reagent into the reaction container 10.
  • the reagent dispensing unit 130 can move a suction tube 131 for performing aspiration and discharge of the reagent in the horizontal direction between the hole 152 and a predetermined reagent dispensing position.
  • the reagent dispensing unit 130 can move the suction tube 131 in the vertical direction and pass through the hole 152 from above the hole 152 to enter the reagent container 155.
  • the suction tube 131 can be retracted to a position above the hole 152.
  • the suction tube 131 is connected to a fluid circuit (not shown), sucks a predetermined amount of reagent from the reagent container 155 of the container holding unit 151, and dispenses the reagent into the reaction container 10 transferred to the reagent dispensing position.
  • reagent dispensing units 130 are provided.
  • three reagent dispensing units 130 are provided on the reagent storage 150.
  • Each of the three reagent dispensing units 130 is set in advance as to which of the r1 reagent, r4 reagent, r5 reagent, r6 reagent, and r7 reagent is to be dispensed.
  • the mechanism unit 50 includes an R4 reagent dispensing unit 134 for dispensing the R4 reagent and an R5 reagent dispensing unit 135 for dispensing the R5 reagent.
  • the R4 reagent dispensing unit 134 and the R5 reagent dispensing unit 135 are provided at positions separated from the reagent storage 150.
  • the R4 reagent dispensing unit 134 and the R5 reagent dispensing unit 135 are connected to a reagent container (not shown) containing the R4 reagent and the R5 reagent via a liquid feeding tube, respectively, and are transferred by the container transfer unit 180.
  • the reagent can be discharged into the reaction container 10.
  • the BF separation unit 170 has a function of executing BF separation for separating the liquid phase and the solid phase from the reaction vessel 10.
  • one or a plurality of BF separation units 170 are provided in the immunoassay apparatus 100.
  • the BF separation unit 170 sucks the liquid component in the reaction vessel 10 with the suction tube 171 while collecting the magnetic particles with the magnetic collection unit 173, and supplies the cleaning liquid with the discharge tube 172 To do.
  • the suction pipe 171 and the discharge pipe 172 are each connected to a fluid circuit (not shown). Thereby, the unnecessary substance contained in the liquid component can be separated and removed from the magnetic particles.
  • the mechanism unit 50 has a function of performing a complex transfer process.
  • the mechanism unit 50 includes a magnetic source 52 that collects magnetic particles to which the labeling substance 21 is bound in the first container 11.
  • the magnetic force source 52 is provided in the holding member 210 in which a holding hole 211 for holding the first container 11 is formed, for example.
  • the magnetic source 52 is constituted by a permanent magnet, for example.
  • the holding member 210 may be fixedly installed in the housing 105, may be configured to be movable, and may function as a part of the container transfer unit 180.
  • the mechanism unit 50 includes a suction pipe 51 that sucks the liquid phase in the first container 11 and discharges the sucked liquid phase to the second container 12.
  • the suction tube 51 sucks the liquid phase from the first container 11 held by the holding member 210 and puts it into the second container 12 held by the container transfer part 180 or another container holding part (not shown). Dispense the sucked liquid phase.
  • the liquid phase transfer in the complex transfer process is performed by a configuration including a suction tube.
  • the complex transfer process can be executed by the suction tube 121 of the sample dispensing unit 120.
  • the suction tube 121 also functions as the suction tube 51 that performs the complex transfer process.
  • the complex transfer process can be executed by the suction tube 131 of the reagent dispensing unit 130.
  • the suction tube 131 also functions as the suction tube 51 that performs the complex transfer process.
  • the mechanism unit 50 may include a dedicated immune complex dispensing unit 220 for performing the complex transfer process. In that case, the liquid phase in the first container 11 is sucked by the suction tube 51 provided in the immune complex dispensing unit 220, and the sucked liquid phase is discharged to the second container 12.
  • the detection unit 60 includes a photodetector 61 such as a photomultiplier tube.
  • the detection unit 60 receives the second container 12 inside, and detects light generated in the reaction process of the labeling substance 83 (see FIG. 4) that binds to the analyte 81 of the specimen and the luminescent substrate by the photodetector 61. .
  • the detection unit 60 counts the number of photons detected by the photodetector 61 and outputs it as a detection value.
  • the analysis unit 110 is configured by a personal computer, for example.
  • the analysis unit 110 includes, for example, a processor 111 such as a CPU and a storage unit 112 such as a ROM, a RAM, and a hard disk.
  • the processor 111 functions as the analysis unit 110 of the immunoassay device 100 by executing the control program stored in the storage unit 112.
  • the analysis unit 110 is electrically connected to the mechanism unit 50, and controls the mechanism unit 50 so as to execute measurement of a sample and confirmation of the state of the immunoassay device 100.
  • the analysis unit 110 causes the mechanism unit 50 to perform sample measurement according to the measurement order acquired from a host computer (not shown), and analyzes the detection result by the detection unit 60. That is, the analysis unit 110 compares the detection value obtained by the detection unit 60 with a calibration curve prepared in advance, so that the abundance of the test substance 81 in the sample (that is, the labeling substance bound to the test substance 81). 83 abundance).
  • the analysis unit 110 includes a determination unit 70. That is, the analysis unit 110 also functions as the determination unit 70 when the processor 111 executes the control program. A dedicated processor that functions as the determination unit 70 may be provided.
  • the determination unit 70 is at least one of the function of collecting the solid phase carrier 22 in the first container 11 by the mechanism unit 50 and the function of transferring the liquid phase in the first container 11 by the mechanism unit 50 to the second container 12.
  • Judge abnormalities Accordingly, since it is possible to determine whether or not there is an abnormality in at least one of the function of collecting the solid phase carrier 22 in the complex transfer process and the function of transferring the liquid phase to the second container 12, the reliability of the measurement result is ensured. Is particularly useful.
  • the determination unit 70 determines an abnormality in the magnetic collection function by the magnetic force source 52 (see FIGS. 9A to 9C) based on the detection result for the management sample including the magnetic particles to which the labeling substance 21 is bound.
  • the solid phase carrier 22 to which the labeling substance 21 is bound is collected in the first container 11.
  • the detection value of the labeling substance 21 increases, the liquid phase is transferred to the second container 12.
  • the solid phase carrier 22 is not sufficiently magnetized and the solid phase carrier 22 is also transferred. Therefore, it can be easily determined whether the magnetic flux collecting function by the magnetic source 52 in the composite transition process is normal or abnormal.
  • the determination unit 70 determines abnormality of the dispensing function by the suction tube 51 (see FIGS. 9A to 9C) based on the detection result for the management sample including the solution in which the labeling substance 21 is dissolved.
  • the labeling substance 21 exists in the first container 11 as the liquid phase, for example, when the detection value of the labeling substance 21 does not increase, the liquid phase is dispensed into the second container 12.
  • the dispenser by the suction pipe 51 that performs the suction and the liquid phase discharge is not normal. Therefore, the presence or absence of abnormality in the dispensing function by the suction tube 51 in the complex transfer process can be easily confirmed.
  • immunoassay is performed using the r1 reagent to r7 reagent, the R4 reagent, and the R5 reagent.
  • test substance 81 is hepatitis B surface antigen (HBsAg)
  • HBsAg hepatitis B surface antigen
  • the reagent dispensing unit 130 dispenses the r1 reagent into the first container 11.
  • the r1 reagent is a labeling reagent containing the labeling substance 83.
  • the labeling substance 83 reacts with and binds to the test substance 81.
  • the labeling substance is an ALP (alkaline phosphatase) labeled antibody.
  • the specimen dispensing unit 120 dispenses a specimen containing the test substance 81 in the first container 11.
  • the test substance 81 binds to the labeling substance 83.
  • a reagent (r2 reagent) for alkali denaturation of the specimen as a pretreatment for releasing the antigen present in the specimen in a state in which the antibody is bound in advance from the antibody, or the alkali of the specimen is neutralized.
  • a reagent (r3 reagent) or the like may be further dispensed.
  • the reagent dispensing unit 130 dispenses the r4 reagent into the first container 11.
  • the r4 reagent is a capture reagent containing a capture substance 86 that reacts with and binds to the test substance 81.
  • the capture substance 86 includes a first binding substance 86a for binding the capture substance 86 to a first solid phase carrier 82a described later, and a second binding substance for binding the capture substance 86 to a second solid phase carrier 82b described later. 86b.
  • the first binding substance 86a and the second binding substance 86b are substances that bind to the solid phase carrier with different binding abilities.
  • the capture substance 86 is an antibody (DNP / biotin antibody) modified with DNP (dinitrophenyl group) and biotin. That is, the capture substance 86 is modified with DNP (dinitrophenyl group) as the first binding substance 86a and biotin as the second binding substance 86b.
  • the reagent dispensing unit 130 dispenses the r5 reagent into the first container 11.
  • the r5 reagent is a solid phase reagent containing a solid phase carrier 82.
  • the r5 reagent contains the first solid phase carrier 82a as the solid phase carrier 82.
  • the first solid phase carrier 82a is a magnetic particle, specifically, a magnetic particle to which an anti-DNP antibody is immobilized (anti-DNP antibody-modified magnetic particle).
  • the anti-DNP antibody-antimagnetic DNP antibody which is an anti-hapten, reacts with and binds to the DNP of the capture substance 86, which is a hapten.
  • an immune complex 84 including the test substance 81, the labeling substance 83, and the capture substance 86 is formed on the first solid phase carrier 82a.
  • the immune complex 84 formed on the first solid phase carrier 82a and the unreacted labeling substance 83 are separated by the primary BF separation process. Unnecessary components such as the unreacted labeling substance 83 are removed from the first container 11 by the primary BF separation process.
  • the primary BF separation process is performed by the BF separation unit 170 (see FIG. 8).
  • the reagent dispensing unit 130 dispenses the r6 reagent into the first container 11.
  • the r6 reagent is the free reagent 85.
  • DNP-Lys (DNP-Lysine) is used as the free reagent 85.
  • DNP-Lys reacts and binds to the anti-DNP-antibody magnetic particles that are the first solid phase carrier 82a. Therefore, when the r6 reagent is dispensed into the first container 11, the binding between the DNP of the capture substance 86 and the first solid phase carrier 82a, the free reagent 85 (DNP-Lys), and the first solid phase carrier 82a. The binding competes and the binding between the capture substance 86 and the first solid phase carrier 82a is eliminated. As a result, the immune complex 84 is released from the first solid phase carrier 82a.
  • a complex transfer process is performed. That is, the liquid phase containing the immune complex 84 released by the r6 reagent is sucked from the first container 11 by the suction tube 51 and dispensed into the second container 12.
  • the liquid phase containing the immune complex 84 released from the first solid phase carrier 82a is transferred from the first container 11 to the second container 12.
  • the first solid phase carrier 82a remains in the first container 11 after the liquid phase containing the immune complex 84 is aspirated.
  • the labeling substance 83 nonspecifically bound to the first solid phase carrier 82a is separated from the immune complex 84.
  • the reagent 7 is then dispensed with the r7 reagent into the second container 12 into which the immune complex 84 has been dispensed.
  • the r7 reagent contains the second solid phase carrier 82b.
  • the second solid phase carrier 82b binds to the second binding substance 86b of the capture substance 86.
  • the second solid phase carrier 82b is a magnetic particle, specifically, a magnetic particle (StAvi-binding magnetic particle) to which streptavidin that binds to biotin is immobilized. StAvi-bound magnetic particles streptavidin reacts with and binds to biotin as the second binding substance 86b.
  • the immune complex 84 including the test substance 81, the labeling substance 83, and the capture substance 86 is bound to the second solid phase carrier 82b.
  • the immune complex 84 bound to the second solid phase carrier 82b and unnecessary components other than the second solid phase carrier 82b on which the immune complex 84 is formed are separated by the secondary BF separation process, and the unnecessary components are secondly separated.
  • the container 12 is removed.
  • the unnecessary component is, for example, a free reagent 85 contained in the liquid phase, a labeling substance 83 contained in the liquid phase together with the immune complex 84 without being bound to the test substance 81, and the like.
  • the secondary BF separation process is performed by the BF separation unit 170 (see FIG. 8).
  • the R4 reagent dispensing unit 134 and the R5 reagent dispensing unit 135 respectively dispense the R4 reagent and the R5 reagent into the second container 12.
  • the R4 reagent contains a buffer.
  • the immune complex 84 bound to the second solid phase carrier 82b is dispersed in the buffer.
  • the R5 reagent contains a chemiluminescent substrate.
  • the buffer solution contained in the R4 reagent has a composition that promotes the reaction between the label (enzyme) of the labeling substance 83 contained in the immune complex 84 and the substrate. Light is generated by reacting the substrate with the label, and the intensity of the generated light is measured by the detection unit 60 (see FIG. 10).
  • the labeling substance 21 contained in the control sample 20 is an enzyme.
  • the step (b) of detecting the labeling substance 21 in the second container 12 is performed by adding an enzyme substrate to the second container 12 and measuring a signal generated from a reaction product generated by the enzyme reaction.
  • the management sample 20 includes a solid phase carrier 22 to which a labeling substance 21 is bound, and the solid phase carrier 22 is a magnetic particle.
  • the process of collecting the solid phase carrier 22 includes a process of collecting magnetic particles by the magnetic force source 52.
  • the state confirmation method includes a step of determining abnormality of the magnetic flux collecting function by the magnetic source 52 based on the detection result of the labeling substance 21 in the second container 12. Thereby, in order to collect the magnetic particles to which the labeling substance 21 is bound, whether the magnetism collection function by the magnetic source 52 is normal or abnormal is determined based on the detection value of the labeling substance 21 in the second container 12. Easy to judge.
  • the determination unit 70 determines that there is an abnormality in the magnetic collection function by the magnetic source 52. That is, when the detection value of the labeling substance 21 exceeds the reference value V1, there is a high possibility that the magnetic particles cannot be sufficiently collected when the liquid phase is transferred to the second container 12. Thereby, the magnetism collecting function by the magnetic source 52 can be easily determined by comparing the detected value with the reference value V1.
  • the reference value V1 when confirming the magnetism collecting function is an expected detection value of the labeling substance 21 corresponding to the allowable upper limit amount of the magnetic particles that are transferred to the second container 12 without being magnetized.
  • the management sample 20 includes a third solid phase carrier 23 that does not bind to the test substance 81 but binds to the labeling substance 21.
  • the third solid phase carrier 23 is, for example, a magnetic particle to which the labeling substance 21 is fixed in advance.
  • the third solid phase carrier 23 does not have a binding ability to the test substance 81. That is, the third solid phase carrier 23 when confirming the magnetism collecting function is the first solid phase carrier 82a included in the r5 reagent when the sample is measured, and the second solid phase carrier included in the r7 reagent. It is included in the quality control reagent prepared separately from 82b.
  • the function of collecting the solid phase carrier 22 can be confirmed using the third solid phase carrier 23 not containing the test substance 81 as a dedicated reagent for checking the state of the immunoassay apparatus 100.
  • the solid phase carrier 22 is bound not only to the labeling substance 21 but also to the test substance 81, a plurality of types of solid phase carriers 22 and labeling substances 21 that can be bound according to the type of the test substance 81 are prepared.
  • the third solid phase carrier 23 not including the test substance 81 the state of the immunoassay apparatus 100 can be confirmed regardless of the type of the test substance 81. Therefore, the state of the immunoassay device 100 can be confirmed more easily.
  • the management sample 20 including the third solid phase carrier 23 bound to the labeling substance 21 is accommodated in the first container 11.
  • the management sample 20 is dispensed into the first container 11 by the mechanism unit 50.
  • the control sample 20 is set in the sample transport unit 190 while being stored in a predetermined control sample container in the same manner as the sample container 191, and is dispensed into the first container 11 by the sample dispensing unit 120.
  • the management sample 20 is set in the reagent storage 150 while being accommodated in a predetermined management sample container in the same manner as the reagent container 155, and is dispensed into the first container 11 by the reagent dispensing unit 130.
  • the third solid phase carrier 23 in the first container 11 is Magnetized in the container 11.
  • the liquid phase in the first container 11 is sucked and dispensed into the second container 12 by the suction pipe 51 in the state of being magnetized.
  • the third solid phase carrier 23 remains collected in the first container 11.
  • a step (b) of detecting the labeling substance 21 in the second container 12 to which the liquid phase has been transferred is performed by the detection unit 60.
  • a detection value indicating the abundance of the labeling substance 21 is acquired.
  • the dispensing operation of the r1 reagent, the specimen, the r4 reagent, the r5 reagent, the r6 reagent, and the r7 reagent shown in FIG. 4 can be skipped.
  • an alternative liquid that does not cause an antigen-antibody reaction such as a buffer solution, may be dispensed instead of each reagent and sample.
  • the primary BF separation process and the secondary BF separation process shown in FIG. 4 are skipped.
  • BF separation may also be performed.
  • FIG. 12 shows an example in which the management sample 20 is dispensed at the dispensing timing of the r6 reagent shown in FIG. 4, but the management sample 20 is dispensed at any timing before the complex transfer process. May be.
  • the state confirmation method includes a sample containing a test substance 81 having a known concentration in the first container 11, a sample containing the test substance 81 before the step of transferring the liquid phase in the first container 11 to the second container 12.
  • the management sample 20 includes the solid phase carrier 82 bound to the immune complex 84 including the test substance 81, the labeling substance 83, and the capture substance 86. That is, FIG. 13 shows an example in which the labeling substance 83 and the solid phase carrier 82 used in actual sample measurement are used as the labeling substance 21 and the solid phase carrier 22 used in the state confirmation method of the immunoassay apparatus 100.
  • the solid phase carrier 82 to which the labeling substance 83 is bound can be formed in the first container 11 by the same processing steps as in the case of actually measuring the specimen including the test substance 81.
  • the labeling substance 83 is substantially not contained.
  • the r1 reagent containing the labeling substance 83 is dispensed into the first container 11.
  • a quality control sample containing a test substance 81 having a known concentration is dispensed.
  • the r4 reagent containing the capture substance 86 is dispensed.
  • the r5 reagent containing the first solid phase carrier 82a is dispensed.
  • the immune complex 84 including the test substance 81, the labeling substance 83, and the capture substance 86 is bound to the first solid phase carrier 82a.
  • Reagent dispensing is performed by the reagent dispensing unit 130, and dispensing of the quality control sample is performed by the sample dispensing unit 120.
  • the management sample 20 includes the first solid phase carrier 82a dispensed into the first container 11 before the complex transfer process at the time of measurement of the specimen. That is, the control sample 20 includes the first solid phase carrier 82a that is a magnetic particle contained in the r5 reagent.
  • the solid phase carrier 82 to which the labeling substance 83 is bound is formed in the first container 11 by using the first solid phase carrier 82a dispensed when the specimen including the test substance 81 is actually measured. be able to. That is, since it is not necessary to separately prepare a dedicated solid phase carrier 22 for confirming the state of the immunoassay device 100, the convenience of the immunoassay device 100 can be improved.
  • the state confirmation method includes an immune complex including the test substance 81, the labeling substance 83, and the capture substance 86 before the step of transferring the liquid phase in the first container 11 to the second container 12. And a step of performing BF separation for separating the solid phase carrier 82 bonded to 84 and the liquid phase.
  • the labeling substance 83 in the liquid phase that has not been bonded to the solid phase carrier 82 can be separated and removed from the solid phase carrier by BF separation.
  • the reagent phase dispensing unit 130 dispenses the liquid phase 25 that does not contain the free reagent 85 into the first container 11. That is, when the sample is measured, the immune complex 84 is released from the solid phase carrier 22 by dispensing the free reagent 85 into the first container 11 in the complex transfer process.
  • the state confirmation method does not include the free reagent 85 after the step of performing BF separation and before the step of transferring the liquid phase in the first container 11 to the second container 12. The liquid phase is dispensed into the first container 11.
  • the liquid phase 25 that does not contain the free reagent 85 is not particularly limited, but is, for example, a buffer solution. As a result, the state of the immunoassay device 100 is confirmed by the same operation as dispensing the free reagent 85 during actual sample measurement. In this case, since the liquid phase 25 does not contain the free reagent 85, the labeling substance 83 and the solid phase carrier 82 remain bonded.
  • a complex transfer process is performed.
  • the first solid phase carrier 82 a in the first container 11 is Magnetized in the container 11.
  • the liquid phase in the first container 11 is sucked and dispensed into the second container 12 by the suction pipe 51 in the state of being magnetized.
  • the first solid phase carrier 82a is left magnetized in the first container 11. Since the immune complex 84 remains bound to the first solid phase carrier 82a, the liquid phase not containing the labeling substance 83 is transferred to the second container 12.
  • the reagent dispensing unit 130 dispenses the r7 reagent including the second solid phase carrier 82b into the second container 12 to which the liquid phase has been transferred. Then, the BF separation unit 170 performs a secondary BF separation process on the control sample in the second container 12. Next, the R4 reagent dispensing unit 134 and the R5 reagent dispensing unit 135 dispense the R4 reagent containing the buffer solution and the R5 reagent containing the substrate into the second container 12.
  • a step (b) of detecting the labeling substance 21 in the second container 12 to which the liquid phase has been transferred is performed by the detection unit 60.
  • a detection value indicating the abundance of the labeling substance 21 is acquired.
  • FIG. 14 is basically the same as the example shown in FIG. 13, but the solid phase carrier 82 to be bound to the labeling substance 83 is different.
  • the reagent dispensing order is different from the example of FIG.
  • the state confirmation method includes a sample containing a test substance 81 having a known concentration in the first container 11 before the step of transferring the liquid phase in the first container 11 to the second container 12.
  • the r4 reagent containing the capture substance 86 is dispensed into the first container 11.
  • a quality control sample containing a test substance 81 having a known concentration is dispensed.
  • the r1 reagent containing the labeling substance 83 is dispensed into the first container 11.
  • the r7 reagent containing the second solid phase carrier 82b is dispensed.
  • the immune complex 84 including the test substance 81, the labeling substance 83, and the capture substance 86 is bound to the second solid phase carrier 82b.
  • Reagent dispensing is performed by the reagent dispensing unit 130, and dispensing of the quality control sample is performed by the sample dispensing unit 120.
  • the management sample 20 includes the second solid phase carrier 82b to be dispensed into the second container 12 after the complex transfer process at the time of measurement of the specimen. That is, the management sample 20 includes the second solid phase carrier 82b that is a magnetic particle included in the r7 reagent.
  • the solid phase carrier 82 to which the labeling substance 21 is bound is formed in the first container 11 by using the second solid phase carrier 82b dispensed when the specimen including the test substance 81 is actually measured. be able to. That is, since it is not necessary to separately prepare a dedicated solid phase carrier 22 for confirming the state of the immunoassay device 100, the convenience of the immunoassay device 100 can be improved.
  • the BF separation unit 170 Next, primary BF separation processing is performed by the BF separation unit 170.
  • a step of performing BF separation for separating the liquid phase is performed by the BF separation unit 170.
  • the liquid phase 25 not containing the free reagent 85 is dispensed into the first container 11.
  • the liquid phase 25 that does not contain the free reagent 85 is dispensed into the first container 11.
  • the process of carrying out is provided.
  • the liquid phase 25 not containing the free reagent 85 is, for example, a buffer solution. Since the liquid phase 25 does not contain the free reagent 85, the labeling substance 83 and the solid phase carrier 82 remain bonded.
  • a complex transfer process is performed.
  • the second solid phase carrier 82 b in the first container 11 is Magnetized in the container 11.
  • the liquid phase in the first container 11 is sucked and dispensed into the second container 12 by the suction pipe 51 in the state of being magnetized.
  • the second solid phase carrier 82b is left magnetized in the first container 11. Since the immune complex 84 remains bound to the second solid phase carrier 82b, the liquid phase not containing the labeling substance 83 is transferred to the second container 12.
  • the reagent dispensing unit 130 dispenses the r7 reagent including the second solid phase carrier 82b into the second container 12 to which the liquid phase has been transferred.
  • the r7 reagent including the second solid phase carrier 82b is dispensed before and after the complex transfer treatment.
  • the BF separation unit 170 performs a secondary BF separation process on the control sample in the second container 12.
  • the R4 reagent dispensing unit 134 and the R5 reagent dispensing unit 135 dispense the R4 reagent containing the buffer solution and the R5 reagent containing the substrate into the second container 12.
  • a step (b) of detecting the labeling substance 83 in the second container 12 to which the liquid phase has been transferred is performed by the detection unit 60.
  • a detection value indicating the abundance of the labeling substance 83 is acquired.
  • the mechanism unit 50 includes the sample dispensing unit 120 for dispensing the sample including the test substance 81 and the labeling reagent (r1 reagent including the labeling substance 83). And a reagent dispensing unit 130 for dispensing a solid phase reagent (r5 reagent or r7 reagent) including the solid phase carrier 82, and the management sample 20 is prepared in the first container 11. It is configured. Thereby, even if the user or service staff of the immunoassay apparatus 100 does not prepare the management sample 20 in the first container 11 in advance, the management sample 20 is easily accommodated in the first container 11 by the immunoassay apparatus 100. Can be made.
  • the reagent dispensing unit 130 provides the first container 11 with a free reagent 85 that releases the immune complex 84 from the solid phase carrier 82 when measuring the sample.
  • the liquid phase 25 not containing the free reagent 85 is dispensed instead of the free reagent 85.
  • the liquid phase that does not contain the free reagent 85 is dispensed, so that the free reagent 85 is measured during the actual specimen measurement.
  • the state of the immunoassay device 100 can be confirmed by the same operation as that of dispensing. Even in this case, since the binding of the labeling substance 21 to the solid phase carrier 22 is not eliminated, the magnetic flux collecting function of the solid phase carrier 22 can be appropriately confirmed.
  • the mechanism unit 50 includes a BF separation unit that separates the solid phase carrier 82 bound to the immune complex 84 including the test substance 81 and the labeling substance 83 from the liquid phase. 170, the BF separation unit 170 performs BF separation on the control sample 20 in the first container 11. That is, the BF separation unit 170 performs the primary BF separation process. Thereby, the labeling substance 83 in the liquid phase that has not been bonded to the solid phase carrier 82 can be separated from the solid phase carrier 82 and eliminated by BF separation.
  • the allowable carryover amount of the solid phase carrier 22 in the specification is set for the magnetism collecting function.
  • the allowable carryover amount is set as a variation in a range that does not affect the detection result.
  • a reference value V1 (see FIG. 11) for determining whether or not the magnetic flux collecting function is normal, a value obtained by adding an upper limit range of the allowable carryover amount to an expected detection value when a blank sample is measured. Is set. When the acquired detection value is lower than the reference value V1, it is determined that the magnetism collecting function is normal.
  • the magnetism collecting function when the magnetism collecting function is abnormal, for example, when the solid phase carrier 22 cannot be magnetized and is dispersed in the liquid phase of the first container 11, the solid substance bonded to the labeling substance 21 in step (a) The phase carrier 22 is transferred to the second container 12 together with the liquid phase.
  • the detection value when the magnetic flux collecting function is abnormal, the detection value significantly increases as the detection result in the step (b) exceeds the upper limit of the allowable carryover amount. Therefore, when the acquired detection value becomes the reference value V1 or more, it is determined that the magnetism collecting function is abnormal.
  • FIG. 15 shows experimental conditions of Example 1 performed for confirming the effect of the magnetic flux collecting function determination process
  • FIG. 16 shows experimental results of Example 1.
  • Example 1 In the comparative example of FIG. 15, in order to contrast with Example 1, each processing step at the time of measurement shown in FIG. 4 is listed.
  • the HISCL HBsAg R1 reagent manufactured by Sysmex
  • the HISCL HBsAg calibrator C4 manufactured by Sysmex
  • the HISCL HBsAg R3 reagent was used as the r1 reagent.
  • HICL CLB4 reagent Manufactured by Sysmex Corporation
  • HISCL HBsAg R2 reagent Manufactured by Sysmex Corporation
  • HICL CL wash solution manufactured by Sysmex Corporation
  • the amount dispensed is as shown in FIG.
  • Example 1 in order to compare the normal state and the abnormal state of the magnetic flux collection function, when magnetic flux collection is performed (with magnets), magnetic flux collection is performed using the magnetic force source 52.
  • the experiment was performed in the case of no (no magnet) and the procedure of FIG. Each experiment was performed 20 times, and the average value, standard deviation (SD), coefficient of variation (C.V.), maximum value, minimum value, and range (difference between the maximum value and the minimum value) of the detected values were obtained.
  • the detection value is a count number of photons acquired by the photodetector 61 of the detection unit 60.
  • the detection value is acquired in the range of about 1000 counts to about 2000 counts in normal (with magnets), and the detection value is acquired in the range of about 16 million counts to about 19 million counts in the abnormal (without magnets). It was done.
  • the detection value of normal (with a magnet) is approximately the same as the measurement value when a blank sample is measured.
  • the detected value of the abnormality (no magnet) substantially matches the detected value when the quality control sample is measured in the processing step shown in FIG. There is a difference of about 10,000 times in the detected value between normal (with magnet) and abnormal (without magnet).
  • Example 1 From Example 1, it is possible to clearly distinguish the normal range and the abnormal range of the detected value even in consideration of the carry-over amount of the magnetic particles in the normal state and the fluctuation of the detected value due to the secular change of the immunoassay device. It was confirmed that it was possible to determine normality and abnormality of the magnetic flux collecting function in the complex transition process by appropriately setting the reference value V1 for determination.
  • the management sample 20 includes a solution in which the labeling substance 21 is dissolved. That is, in the control sample 20, the labeling substance 21 does not bind to the solid phase but exists as a liquid phase. In this case, since the labeling substance 21 exists in the first container 11 as the liquid phase, for example, when the detection value of the labeling substance 21 does not increase, the first container 11 is transferred when the liquid phase is transferred to the second container 12. The liquid phase may not be transferred properly. Therefore, it can be easily confirmed whether or not the function of transferring the liquid phase in the first container 11 to the second container 12 in the complex transfer process is normal.
  • the state confirmation method includes a step of determining an abnormality in the dispensing function based on the detection result of the labeling substance 21 in the second container 12. Thereby, based on the detected value of the labeling substance 21, it can be easily determined whether the dispensing function for sucking the liquid phase and discharging the liquid phase is normal or abnormal.
  • the determination of the dispensing function determines that there is an abnormality in the dispensing function when the detected value of the labeling substance 21 is below the reference value V2, as shown in FIG. Thereby, when the detection value of the labeling substance 21 is lower than the reference value V2, it is highly likely that the liquid phase containing the labeling substance 21 is not properly transferred from the first container 11 to the second container 12.
  • the dispensing function can be easily determined by comparing the value with the reference value V2.
  • the reference value V2 for determining the dispensing function is a value set as an allowable limit of the expected detection value of the labeling substance 21 included in the control sample 20.
  • a labeling substance different from the labeling substance 83 used at the time of measuring the sample is used as the labeling substance 21 for confirming the dispensing function. That is, in the example of FIG. 18, the labeling substance 21 for confirming the dispensing function is a quality control reagent prepared separately from the labeling substance 83 included in the r1 reagent when measuring the sample. It is included.
  • the management sample 20 in which the labeling substance 21 is dissolved in the liquid phase is accommodated in the first container 11.
  • the labeling substance 21 is accommodated in the first container 11 as a liquid phase without being bound to the solid phase.
  • the management sample 20 is dispensed into the first container 11 by the mechanism unit 50.
  • the control sample 20 is set in the sample transport unit 190 while being stored in a predetermined control sample container in the same manner as the sample container 191, and is dispensed into the first container 11 by the sample dispensing unit 120.
  • the management sample 20 is set in the reagent storage 150 while being accommodated in a predetermined management sample container in the same manner as the reagent container 155, and is dispensed into the first container 11 by the reagent dispensing unit 130.
  • the dispensing of the r1 reagent, the r4 reagent, the r5 reagent, and the r6 reagent is skipped or dispensed with a buffer solution or the like.
  • the primary BF separation process is skipped.
  • a primary BF separation process may be performed.
  • the liquid phase in the first container 11 is sucked by the suction tube 51 and the second phase is moved. It is dispensed into the container 12.
  • the dispensing of the r7 reagent after the complex transfer treatment is skipped or dispensed with a buffer solution or a washing solution.
  • the secondary BF separation process is skipped.
  • the labeling substance 21 is an enzyme label
  • a substrate corresponding to the enzyme is dispensed as the R5 reagent.
  • a step (b) of detecting the labeling substance 21 in the second container 12 to which the liquid phase has been transferred is performed by the detection unit 60.
  • a detection value indicating the abundance of the labeling substance 21 is acquired.
  • FIG. 18 an example in which the management sample 20 is dispensed at the r6 reagent dispensing timing shown in FIG. 4 is shown, but at any timing the management sample 20 is before the complex transfer process. You may dispense.
  • the example of FIG. 19 is an example in which the same labeling substance as the labeling substance 83 used when measuring the specimen is used as the labeling substance 21 for confirming the dispensing function. That is, in the example of FIG. 19, the management sample 20 includes the labeling substance 83 of the r1 reagent dispensed into the first container 11 when the specimen is measured. Accordingly, whether or not the function of transferring the liquid phase in the first container 11 to the second container 12 is normal using the labeling substance 83 dispensed when the specimen including the test substance 81 is actually measured. I can confirm. That is, it is not necessary to separately prepare a dedicated labeling substance 83 for confirming the state of the immunoassay device 100, so that the convenience of the immunoassay device 100 can be improved.
  • a management sample in which the labeling substance 83 is dissolved in the liquid phase is accommodated in the first container 11.
  • the labeling substance 83 is accommodated in the first container 11 as a liquid phase without being bound to the solid phase.
  • the r1 reagent containing the labeling substance 83 is aspirated from the reagent container 155 set in the reagent container 150 by the reagent dispensing unit 130 and dispensed into the first container 11.
  • FIG. 19 shows an example in which the buffer solution is dispensed as an alternative liquid at the dispensing timing of the r1 reagent and the specimen shown in FIG. Dispensing of the r4 reagent, r5 reagent, and r6 reagent is skipped. Dispensing of the buffer solution may be skipped, and in this case, the control sample 20 may be the r1 reagent itself.
  • the example of FIG. 19 shows an example in which the r1 reagent is dispensed at the r6 reagent dispensing timing shown in FIG. 4, but at any timing the r1 reagent is dispensed before the complex transfer treatment. May be. After dispensing the r1 reagent, the primary BF separation process is skipped.
  • the liquid phase in the first container 11 is sucked by the suction tube 51 and the second phase is moved. It is dispensed into the container 12.
  • the dispensing of the r7 reagent after the complex transfer treatment is skipped or dispensed with a buffer solution or the like.
  • the secondary BF separation process is skipped.
  • the R4 reagent and the R5 reagent are dispensed into the second container 12.
  • a step (b) of detecting the labeling substance 83 in the second container 12 to which the liquid phase has been transferred is performed by the detection unit 60.
  • a detection value indicating the abundance of the labeling substance 83 is acquired.
  • FIG. 20 shows the experimental conditions of Example 2 performed to confirm whether the dispensing function can be determined
  • FIG. 21 shows the experimental results of Example 2.
  • Example 2 the procedure of the fifth embodiment shown in FIG.
  • the comparative example of FIG. 20 lists each processing step at the time of measurement shown in FIG.
  • Example 2 the HISCL HBsAg R3 reagent (manufactured by Sysmex Corporation) was dispensed as the r1 reagent containing the labeling substance 83 at the dispensing timing of the r6 reagent at the time of measurement.
  • the secondary BF separation process after the complex transfer process was skipped.
  • HICL CL4 reagent manufactured by Sysmex
  • HISCL R5 reagent manufactured by Sysmex
  • Example 2 the dispensing amount in the step (a) of transferring the liquid phase of the first container 11 to the second container 12 is different in order to compare the normal state and the abnormal state of the dispensing function.
  • the experiment was conducted under the conditions described above.
  • the dispensing amount in the normal state was set to 20 [ ⁇ L]
  • the dispensing amount in the abnormal state was set to 10 [ ⁇ L]
  • the experiment was performed according to the procedure of FIG.
  • Each experiment was performed 20 times, and the average value, standard deviation (SD), coefficient of variation (C.V.), maximum value, minimum value, and range (difference between the maximum value and the minimum value) of the detected values were obtained.
  • the detection value is a count number of photons acquired by the photodetector 61 of the detection unit 60.
  • the immunoassay apparatus 100 may be capable of arbitrarily setting the amount of liquid phase dispensed in the complex transfer process within a variable range.
  • the user can arbitrarily set the dispensing amount of the liquid phase in the range of 10 ⁇ L to 80 ⁇ L.
  • the reference value V2 that defines the allowable range of the predicted detected value corresponding to the preset dispensed amount of the liquid phase. Can be obtained in advance.
  • the determination unit 70 acquires the set value of the liquid phase dispensing amount, selects the reference value V2 corresponding to the set value, and compares it with the detected value, so that the dispensing function in the complex transfer process is normal. Can determine if it is abnormal.
  • the state confirmation method includes a sample containing a test substance 81 having a known concentration or a sample not containing the test substance 81 in the first container 11, a labeling substance 21 that binds to the test substance 81, a test
  • the step of contacting the capture substance 86 that binds to the substance 81 and the solid phase carrier 22 that binds to the capture substance 86 and the state confirmation method include an immune complex including the labeling substance 21 and the capture substance 86 in the first container 11.
  • the step of transferring the liquid phase in the first container 11 to the second container 12 and the labeling substance 21 present in the second container 12 are detected. You may further provide a process.
  • the same operation as the measurement operation for a normal specimen is performed.
  • the status may be checked.
  • the control sample containing the test substance 81 having a known concentration it is confirmed that the detection value obtained in the step (b) falls within the range of the reference value expected from the control sample having the known concentration.
  • the measurement value of the control sample that does not include the test substance 81 causes the detection value obtained in the step (b) to be within the range of reference values expected from the control sample that does not include the test substance 81 (blank sample). Confirmed to fit. Thereby, it is confirmed that the measurement accuracy of the immunoassay using the complex transfer treatment is normal.
  • each step of the operation of the immunoassay apparatus 100 is referred to FIG. 22, and each part of the immunoassay apparatus 100 is referred to FIGS.
  • For the status confirmation processing refer to FIG. 11 to FIG. 14 and FIG. 17 to FIG. Operation control of the following steps is performed by the analysis unit 110 of the immunoassay device 100.
  • step S1 the analysis unit 110 determines whether or not to check the state of the immunoassay device 100.
  • the state confirmation is performed, for example, when a user inputs a state confirmation execution command via an input device (not shown) such as a touch panel or a mouse.
  • the state confirmation is executed, for example, when a predetermined state confirmation execution timing comes.
  • the execution timing of the status check is at least before the start of the first measurement on the first day, or at the first device startup on the first day.
  • the execution timing of the state confirmation can be arbitrarily set in advance by the user.
  • the analysis unit 110 determines whether or not to perform immunoassay of the sample in step S2.
  • the analysis unit 110 determines whether or not to perform immunoassay based on whether or not the measurement order is registered in the host computer.
  • the analysis unit 110 causes the mechanism unit 50 to start measurement processing.
  • the immunoassay is performed according to the procedure shown in FIG.
  • the analysis unit 110 compares the detection value with the calibration curve and obtains the abundance of the test substance 81. If the measurement order is not registered in step S2, the process returns to step S1 and waits until the start timing for state confirmation or immunoassay.
  • step S1 when the state of the immunoassay apparatus 100 is confirmed, the process proceeds to step S4.
  • steps S4 to S7 the analysis unit 110 causes the mechanism unit 50 to perform the state confirmation operation shown in FIGS.
  • the dispensing and the primary BF separation process performed before the complex transfer process are described as the preparation process of the control sample in step S4 for convenience.
  • the dispensing and the secondary BF separation process performed after the complex transfer process are described as post-processing of step S6 for convenience.
  • the analysis unit 110 includes the first container 11 containing the management sample 20 including the solid phase carrier 22 or 82 to which the labeling substance 21 or 83 is bound, as shown in FIGS.
  • the first container 11 containing the control sample 20 containing the solution in which the labeling substance 21 or 83 is dissolved is prepared.
  • the magnetic flux collecting function is confirmed using the first container 11 containing the control sample containing the solid phase carrier 22 or 82 to which the labeling substance 21 or 83 is bound, and the solution in which the labeling substance 21 or 83 is dissolved is obtained.
  • the dispensing function is confirmed using the first container 11 containing the management sample 20 including the control sample 20.
  • step S5 the analysis unit 110 causes the mechanism unit 50 to perform a complex transfer process. That is, the analysis unit 110 causes the mechanism unit 50 to perform the step (a) of transferring the liquid phase in the first container 11 containing the management sample 20 including the labeling substance 21 to the second container 12.
  • step S7 the analysis unit 110 causes the detection unit 60 to perform the step (b) of detecting the labeling substance 21 in the second container 12 to which the liquid phase has been transferred. As a result of step S7, the measurement result of the control sample is acquired.
  • step S8 the determination unit 70 determines a function for performing the complex transfer process.
  • the determination unit 70 determines whether the magnetic collection function is normal or abnormal based on whether the detection value of the detection unit 60 is lower than the reference value V1 (see FIG. 11).
  • the determination unit 70 determines whether the dispensing function is normal or abnormal based on whether the detection value of the detection unit 60 exceeds the reference value V2 (see FIG. 17). .
  • the analysis unit 110 waits for immunoassay of the specimen.
  • the analysis unit 110 has an abnormality in the function of performing the complex transfer process of the immunoassay device 100 by, for example, displaying a message on a display device (not shown). This is notified to the user.
  • the analysis unit 110 may stop the function of performing the immunoassay of the specimen until the state confirmation is performed again and it is determined that the magnetism collecting function and the dispensing function are normal.
  • the present invention can be suitably used for confirmation of the state of an immunoassay device using, for example, an immune complex transfer method.

Landscapes

  • Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Immunology (AREA)
  • Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
  • Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Analytical Chemistry (AREA)
  • Pathology (AREA)
  • General Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Hematology (AREA)
  • Biomedical Technology (AREA)
  • Molecular Biology (AREA)
  • Urology & Nephrology (AREA)
  • General Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Biochemistry (AREA)
  • Microbiology (AREA)
  • Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
  • Food Science & Technology (AREA)
  • Cell Biology (AREA)
  • Biotechnology (AREA)
  • Inorganic Chemistry (AREA)
  • Automatic Analysis And Handling Materials Therefor (AREA)

Abstract

The objective of the present invention is to enable the state of a function for carrying out immunoconjugate transfer in an immunoassay device to be confirmed in a simple manner. This method for confirming the state of an immunoassay device (100) is a method for confirming the state of the immunoassay device (100) which performs an immunoconjugate transfer process in which an immunoconjugate (84), supported on the solid phase carrier (22) and including a substance (81) being tested for in a sample and a labeling substance (21), is liberated from the solid phase carrier (22) in a first container (11) accommodating the immunoconjugate (84), and a liquid phase in the first container (11) is transferred to a second container (12), wherein the method includes: a step of transferring the liquid phase in the first container (11) accommodating a control sample (20) containing at least the labeling substance (21) to the second container (12); a step of detecting the labeling substance (21) in the second container (12) to which the liquid phase has been transferred; and a step of assessing the state of the immunoassay device (100) which performs the immunoconjugate transfer process, on the basis of the detection result of the labeling substance (21) in the second container (12).

Description

免疫測定装置の状態確認方法および免疫測定装置Method for confirming state of immunoassay device and immunoassay device
 この発明は、検体中の被検物質の測定を行う免疫測定装置に関する。 This invention relates to an immunoassay device for measuring a test substance in a specimen.
 免疫測定を高感度化するための技術として、免疫複合体転移法を用いる免疫測定装置がある(たとえば、特許文献1参照)。 As a technique for increasing the sensitivity of immunoassays, there is an immunoassay apparatus using an immune complex transfer method (see, for example, Patent Document 1).
 上記特許文献1に開示された免疫測定装置は、図23に示すように、第1容器901内で、被検物質911および標識物質912を含む免疫複合体913を固相担体914上に形成させ、遊離試薬915によって免疫複合体913を固相担体914から遊離させる。そして、免疫測定装置は、第1容器901内の固相担体914を残して、遊離した免疫複合体913を含む液相を第2容器902に移し替える免疫複合体転移法を実行した後、第2容器902中の免疫複合体913に含まれる標識物質912に基づく信号を検出する。 As shown in FIG. 23, the immunoassay device disclosed in Patent Document 1 forms an immune complex 913 including a test substance 911 and a labeling substance 912 on a solid phase carrier 914 in a first container 901. Then, the immune complex 913 is released from the solid phase carrier 914 by the release reagent 915. Then, the immunoassay device performs the immune complex transfer method in which the liquid phase containing the released immune complex 913 is transferred to the second container 902 while leaving the solid phase carrier 914 in the first container 901, The signal based on the labeling substance 912 contained in the immune complex 913 in the two containers 902 is detected.
特開2017-49059号公報JP 2017-49059 A
 ところで、免疫測定装置により得られる測定結果は疾病の診断や治療方針の決定の判断材料となるため、測定結果の信頼性が求められる。測定結果の信頼性を確保する方法として、従来では、既知濃度の被検物質を含む精度管理試料を測定する方法があり、簡便に実施できるため、免疫複合体転移法を利用しない従来型の免疫測定装置で利用されている。 By the way, since the measurement result obtained by the immunoassay device becomes a judgment material for diagnosing a disease or determining a treatment policy, the reliability of the measurement result is required. As a method for ensuring the reliability of measurement results, there is a conventional method of measuring a quality control sample containing a known concentration of a test substance, which can be carried out easily. Used in measuring equipment.
 しかしながら、免疫複合体転移法を用いる免疫測定装置では、免疫複合体転移法を実行するために、従来の免疫測定装置にはない機能が付加されている。このことから、従来の精度管理試料を測定する方法では、免疫複合体転移法を実行するための機能の正常、異常などの状態確認を実施できないおそれがある。免疫複合体転移法を用いる上記特許文献1においても、免疫複合体転移法を実行するための機能の状態確認を行う手法については開示されておらず、免疫複合体転移法を実行するための機能の状態確認を簡便に行えるようにすることが望まれる。 However, in the immunoassay device using the immune complex transfer method, functions that are not available in the conventional immunoassay device are added to execute the immune complex transfer method. For this reason, in the conventional method of measuring a quality control sample, there is a possibility that it is not possible to check the normality or abnormality of the function for executing the immune complex transfer method. Even in the above-mentioned Patent Document 1 using the immune complex transfer method, a method for confirming the state of the function for executing the immune complex transfer method is not disclosed, and the function for executing the immune complex transfer method is not disclosed. It is desirable to be able to easily check the state of the above.
 この発明は、免疫測定装置における免疫複合体転移法を実行するための機能の状態確認を簡便に行えるようにすることに向けたものである。 The present invention is directed to making it possible to easily check the status of the function for executing the immune complex transfer method in the immunoassay device.
 この発明の第1の局面による免疫測定装置の状態確認方法は、検体中の被検物質(81)と標識物質(21)とを含み固相担体(22)に担持された免疫複合体(84)を収容する第1容器(11)内で、免疫複合体(84)を固相担体(22)から遊離させ、第1容器(11)内の液相を第2容器(12)に移す複合体転移処理を行う免疫測定装置(100)の状態確認方法であって、少なくとも標識物質(21)を含む管理試料(20)が収容された第1容器(11)内の液相を第2容器(12)に移す工程と、液相が移された第2容器(12)内の標識物質(21)を検出する工程と、第2容器(12)内の標識物質(21)の検出結果に基づいて、複合体転移処理を行う免疫測定装置(100)の状態を判定する工程と、を備える。 The method for confirming the state of an immunoassay device according to the first aspect of the present invention comprises an immune complex (84) comprising a test substance (81) and a labeling substance (21) in a specimen and supported on a solid phase carrier (22). ) Is released from the solid phase carrier (22) and the liquid phase in the first container (11) is transferred to the second container (12). A method for confirming a state of an immunoassay device (100) that performs body transfer treatment, wherein a liquid phase in a first container (11) containing a control sample (20) containing at least a labeling substance (21) is contained in a second container. (12), the step of detecting the labeling substance (21) in the second container (12) to which the liquid phase has been transferred, and the detection result of the labeling substance (21) in the second container (12). And a step of determining the state of the immunoassay device (100) performing the complex transfer process based on
 第1の局面による免疫測定装置の状態確認方法では、上記のように構成することによって、標識物質(21)を含む管理試料(20)を収容する第1容器(11)に対して、複合体転移処理と同様の液相の移し替え動作を行って、第2容器(12)に移された管理試料(20)中の標識物質(21)を検出できる。複合体転移処理が正常に行われなければ、予想される検出結果から外れた異常な検出結果が取得されることになる。これにより、第2容器(12)中の標識物質(21)の検出結果に基づいて、複合体転移処理が正常に実施できたかどうかなどの免疫測定装置の状態を判定することができる。その結果、免疫測定装置における免疫複合体転移法を実行するための機能の状態確認を簡便に行うことができる。 In the method for confirming the state of the immunoassay device according to the first aspect, a complex is formed with respect to the first container (11) containing the control sample (20) containing the labeling substance (21) by being configured as described above. The labeling substance (21) in the control sample (20) transferred to the second container (12) can be detected by performing a liquid phase transfer operation similar to the transfer process. If the complex transfer process is not performed normally, an abnormal detection result deviating from the expected detection result is acquired. Thereby, based on the detection result of the labeling substance (21) in the second container (12), it is possible to determine the state of the immunoassay device, such as whether or not the complex transfer process has been successfully performed. As a result, it is possible to easily check the status of the function for executing the immune complex transfer method in the immunoassay device.
 上記第1の局面による免疫測定装置の状態確認方法において、好ましくは、第2容器(12)内の標識物質(21)の検出結果に基づいて、複合体転移処理における異常を判定する工程をさらに備える。このように構成すれば、たとえば管理試料(20)中の標識物質(21)を検出した免疫測定装置(100)において検出結果の判定を行うことにより、複合体転移処理における異常があるか否かを判定することができる。 In the method for confirming the state of the immunoassay device according to the first aspect, preferably further comprising the step of determining an abnormality in the complex transfer process based on the detection result of the labeling substance (21) in the second container (12). Prepare. With this configuration, for example, whether or not there is an abnormality in the complex transfer process by determining the detection result in the immunoassay device (100) that has detected the labeling substance (21) in the control sample (20). Can be determined.
 この場合、好ましくは、複合体転移処理における異常を判定する工程は、第1容器(11)内の固相担体(22)を集める機能、および第1容器(11)内の液相を第2容器(12)に移し替える機能、の少なくともいずれかの異常を判定することを含む。ここで、複合体転移処理においては、免疫複合体(84)を含む液相を第2容器(12)に移して、第1容器(11)には固相担体(22)を残すために、第1容器(11)内の固相担体(22)を集める機能が正常か否か、が重要となる。また、複合体転移処理によって第2容器(12)に移し替えた免疫複合体(84)を検出するために、第1容器(11)内の液相を第2容器(12)に移し替える機能が正常か否か、が重要となる。上記構成によれば、これらの機能の少なくともいずれかの異常の有無を判定できるので、測定結果の信頼性を確保するために特に有用である。 In this case, preferably, in the step of determining abnormality in the complex transfer treatment, the function of collecting the solid phase carrier (22) in the first container (11) and the liquid phase in the first container (11) are set to the second. Determining at least one abnormality of the function of transferring to the container (12). Here, in the complex transfer treatment, in order to move the liquid phase containing the immune complex (84) to the second container (12) and leave the solid phase carrier (22) in the first container (11), Whether the function of collecting the solid phase carrier (22) in the first container (11) is normal is important. In addition, the function of transferring the liquid phase in the first container (11) to the second container (12) in order to detect the immune complex (84) transferred to the second container (12) by the complex transfer treatment. Whether or not is normal is important. According to the above configuration, since it is possible to determine the presence / absence of at least one of these functions, it is particularly useful for ensuring the reliability of the measurement result.
 上記複合体転移処理における異常を判定する工程を備える場合、好ましくは、第2容器(12)内における標識物質(21)の検出値が基準値(V1)を超えること、または検出値が基準値(V2)を下回ること、に基づいて異常を判定する。このように構成すれば、正常状態での測定によって得られる検出値に基づいて、正常と異常とを区別するための基準値(V1、V2)を予め設定しておくことにより、検出値と基準値(V1、V2)とを比べるだけで、複合体転移処理の異常判定を容易に行うことができる。 In the case of including the step of determining abnormality in the complex transfer treatment, preferably, the detected value of the labeling substance (21) in the second container (12) exceeds the reference value (V1), or the detected value is the reference value. Abnormality is determined based on falling below (V2). If comprised in this way, based on the detection value obtained by the measurement in a normal state, the reference value (V1, V2) for distinguishing between normal and abnormality is preset, and a detection value and a reference | standard By simply comparing the values (V1, V2), the abnormality determination of the complex transfer process can be easily performed.
 上記第1の局面による免疫測定装置の状態確認方法において、好ましくは、第1容器(11)内の液相を第2容器(12)に移す工程の前に、免疫測定装置(100)により、管理試料(20)を第1容器(11)に分注する工程をさらに備える。このように構成すれば、免疫測定装置(100)のユーザや装置の保守サービスを行うサービススタッフが事前に管理試料(20)を第1容器(11)に準備しておかなくても、免疫測定装置(100)によって容易に、管理試料(20)を第1容器(11)に収容させることができる。 In the method for confirming the state of the immunoassay device according to the first aspect, preferably, before the step of transferring the liquid phase in the first container (11) to the second container (12), by the immunoassay device (100), The method further includes the step of dispensing the control sample (20) into the first container (11). If comprised in this way, even if the user of the immunoassay apparatus (100) and the service staff who performs maintenance service of the apparatus do not prepare the management sample (20) in the first container (11) in advance, the immunoassay The management sample (20) can be easily accommodated in the first container (11) by the apparatus (100).
 上記第1の局面による免疫測定装置の状態確認方法において、好ましくは、管理試料(20)は、標識物質(21)が結合した固相担体(22)を含み、第1容器(11)内の液相を第2容器(12)に移す工程において、第1容器(11)内で標識物質(21)が結合した固相担体(22)を集める処理を行う。このように構成すれば、第1容器(11)中で標識物質(21)が結合した固相担体(22)を集めるので、たとえば標識物質(21)の検出値が上昇する場合には、液相を第2容器(12)に移す際に固相担体(22)が十分に集められておらず固相担体(22)も第2容器(12)に移されている可能性が高いと判定できる。そのため、複合体転移処理における第1容器(11)内の固相担体(22)を集める機能が正常か否かを容易に確認できる。 In the method for confirming the state of the immunoassay device according to the first aspect, preferably, the management sample (20) includes a solid phase carrier (22) to which a labeling substance (21) is bound, and is contained in the first container (11). In the step of transferring the liquid phase to the second container (12), the solid phase carrier (22) to which the labeling substance (21) is bound is collected in the first container (11). With this configuration, the solid phase carrier (22) to which the labeling substance (21) is bound is collected in the first container (11). For example, when the detection value of the labeling substance (21) increases, When the phase is transferred to the second container (12), it is determined that the solid support (22) is not sufficiently collected and the solid support (22) is also likely to be transferred to the second container (12). it can. Therefore, it can be easily confirmed whether or not the function of collecting the solid phase carrier (22) in the first container (11) in the complex transfer treatment is normal.
 この場合、好ましくは、固相担体(22)が磁性粒子であり、固相担体(22)を集める処理は、磁性粒子を磁力源(52)により集磁する処理を含み、第2容器(12)内の標識物質(21)の検出結果に基づいて、磁力源(52)による集磁機能の異常を判定する工程をさらに備える。なお、本明細書において、「集磁機能」とは、磁性粒子を集める機能であり、集磁機能が正常であるとは、集磁しきれずに第1容器(11)から第2容器(12)へ液相と共に移される磁性粒子の持越量が許容範囲内に抑えられることを指す。このように構成すれば、標識物質(21)が結合した磁性粒子を集磁するため、第2容器(12)内の標識物質(21)の検出値に基づいて、磁力源(52)による集磁機能が正常であるか異常であるかを容易に判定できる。 In this case, preferably, the solid phase carrier (22) is a magnetic particle, and the process of collecting the solid phase carrier (22) includes a process of collecting the magnetic particles by the magnetic force source (52) and includes the second container (12). ) Further includes a step of determining abnormality of the magnetic flux collecting function by the magnetic force source (52) based on the detection result of the labeling substance (21) in the parenthesis. In this specification, the “magnetic collecting function” is a function of collecting magnetic particles, and that the normal magnetic collecting function means that the first container (11) to the second container (12 ) Indicates that the carry-over amount of the magnetic particles transferred together with the liquid phase is suppressed within an allowable range. According to this configuration, the magnetic particles to which the labeling substance (21) is bonded are collected, so that the magnetic source (52) collects the magnetic particles based on the detection value of the labeling substance (21) in the second container (12). It is possible to easily determine whether the magnetic function is normal or abnormal.
 磁力源(52)による集磁機能の異常を判定する場合、好ましくは、標識物質(21)の検出値が基準値(V1)を上回る場合に、磁力源(52)による集磁機能の異常があると判定する。このように構成すれば、標識物質(21)の検出値が基準値(V1)を上回る場合には、液相を第2容器(12)に移す際に磁性粒子を十分に集磁できていない可能性が高いため、検出値と基準値(V1)との対比により、磁力源(52)による集磁機能を容易に判定できる。 When determining the abnormality of the magnetic flux collecting function by the magnetic source (52), preferably, when the detected value of the labeling substance (21) exceeds the reference value (V1), the abnormal magnetic flux collecting function by the magnetic source (52) is detected. Judge that there is. If comprised in this way, when the detection value of a labeled | labeling substance (21) exceeds reference value (V1), when transferring a liquid phase to a 2nd container (12), it has not fully collected the magnetic particle. Since the possibility is high, the magnetic flux collecting function by the magnetic source (52) can be easily determined by comparing the detected value with the reference value (V1).
 この場合、好ましくは、基準値(V1)は、集磁されずに第2容器(12)に移される磁性粒子の許容上限量に相当する標識物質(21)の予想検出値である。このように構成すれば、許容上限量を超える量の磁性粒子が第2容器(12)に移されている場合に、磁力源(52)による集磁機能が異常であることを容易に判定できる。そのため、許容上限量を超えないことが確認されることにより、測定結果の信頼性を確保することができる。 In this case, preferably, the reference value (V1) is an expected detection value of the labeling substance (21) corresponding to the allowable upper limit amount of the magnetic particles transferred to the second container (12) without being collected. If comprised in this way, when the magnetic particle of the quantity exceeding an allowable upper limit amount is moved to the 2nd container (12), it can determine easily that the magnetism collection function by a magnetic source (52) is abnormal. . Therefore, the reliability of the measurement result can be ensured by confirming that the allowable upper limit amount is not exceeded.
 上記固相担体を集める処理を行う構成において、好ましくは、第1容器(11)内の液相を第2容器(12)に移す工程の前に、第1容器(11)内で、既知濃度の被検物質(81)を含む試料、被検物質(81)と結合する標識物質(83)、被検物質(81)と結合する捕捉物質(86)、および捕捉物質(86)と結合する固相担体(82)とを接触させる工程をさらに備える。このように構成すれば、被検物質(81)を含む検体を実際に測定する場合と同様の処理工程によって、標識物質(83)が結合した固相担体(82)を第1容器(11)中に形成することができる。 In the configuration in which the solid phase carrier is collected, preferably, the known concentration in the first container (11) is set before the step of transferring the liquid phase in the first container (11) to the second container (12). A sample containing the test substance (81), a labeling substance (83) binding to the test substance (81), a capture substance (86) binding to the test substance (81), and binding to the capture substance (86) The method further includes a step of contacting the solid phase carrier (82). If comprised in this way, the solid-phase carrier (82) which the label | marker substance (83) couple | bonded will be the 1st container (11) by the process process similar to the case where the test substance containing a test substance (81) is actually measured. Can be formed inside.
 この場合、好ましくは、管理試料(20)は、検体の測定時において複合体転移処理前に第1容器(11)に分注される第1固相担体(82a)を含む。このように構成すれば、被検物質(81)を含む検体を実際に測定する場合に分注される第1固相担体(82a)を用いて、標識物質(83)が結合した固相担体(82)を第1容器(11)中に形成することができる。すなわち、免疫測定装置(100)の状態確認のために専用の固相担体(22)を別途用意する必要がないので、免疫測定装置(100)の利便性を向上させることができる。 In this case, preferably, the control sample (20) includes the first solid phase carrier (82a) to be dispensed into the first container (11) before the complex transfer process when the specimen is measured. If comprised in this way, the solid-phase carrier which the label | marker substance (83) couple | bonded using the 1st solid-phase carrier (82a) dispensed when actually measuring the test substance containing a test substance (81) will be carried out. (82) can be formed in the first container (11). That is, since it is not necessary to separately prepare a dedicated solid phase carrier (22) for confirming the state of the immunoassay device (100), the convenience of the immunoassay device (100) can be improved.
 上記被検物質(81)を含む試料、標識物質(83)、捕捉物質(86)、および固相担体(82)を接触させる工程を備える場合、好ましくは、管理試料(20)は、検体の測定時において複合体転移処理後に第2容器(12)に分注される第2固相担体(82b)を含む。このように構成すれば、被検物質(81)を含む検体を実際に測定する場合に分注される第2固相担体(82b)を用いて、標識物質(83)が結合した固相担体(82)を第1容器(11)中に形成することができる。すなわち、免疫測定装置(100)の状態確認のために専用の固相担体(22)を別途用意する必要がないので、免疫測定装置(100)の利便性を向上させることができる。 When the sample including the test substance (81), the labeling substance (83), the capture substance (86), and the solid phase carrier (82) are provided, preferably, the control sample (20) A second solid phase carrier (82b) to be dispensed into the second container (12) after the complex transfer treatment at the time of measurement is included. If comprised in this way, the solid-phase carrier which the label | marker substance (83) couple | bonded using the 2nd solid-phase carrier (82b) dispensed when actually measuring the test substance containing a test substance (81) will be carried out. (82) can be formed in the first container (11). That is, since it is not necessary to separately prepare a dedicated solid phase carrier (22) for confirming the state of the immunoassay device (100), the convenience of the immunoassay device (100) can be improved.
 上記被検物質(81)を含む試料、標識物質(83)、捕捉物質(86)、および固相担体(82)を接触させる工程を備える場合、好ましくは、第1容器(11)内の液相を第2容器(12)に移す工程の前に、被検物質(81)、標識物質(83)、捕捉物質(86)を含む免疫複合体(84)と結合した固相担体(82)と、液相とを分離するBF分離を行う工程をさらに備える。このように構成すれば、BF分離によって、固相担体(82)と結合しなかった液相中の標識物質(83)を、第1容器(11)から排除できる。そのため、第1容器(11)内の液相を第2容器(12)に移す工程において、液相中に標識物質(83)が混ざることを抑制できるので、免疫測定装置(100)の状態確認のための標識物質(83)の検出精度を向上させることができる。 When the sample including the test substance (81), the labeling substance (83), the capture substance (86), and the solid phase carrier (82) are brought into contact with each other, the liquid in the first container (11) is preferably used. Prior to the step of transferring the phase to the second container (12), the solid phase carrier (82) bound to the immune complex (84) containing the test substance (81), the labeling substance (83), and the capture substance (86). And a step of performing BF separation for separating the liquid phase. If comprised in this way, the labeling substance (83) in the liquid phase which did not couple | bond with the solid-phase carrier (82) can be excluded from a 1st container (11) by BF separation. Therefore, in the step of transferring the liquid phase in the first container (11) to the second container (12), the mixing of the labeling substance (83) in the liquid phase can be suppressed, so that the state of the immunoassay device (100) is confirmed. The detection accuracy of the labeling substance (83) for the purpose can be improved.
 この場合、好ましくは、複合体転移処理において、第1容器(11)に遊離試薬(85)が分注されることにより、免疫複合体(84)が固相担体(82)から遊離され、BF分離を行う工程の後、第1容器(11)内の液相を第2容器(12)に移す工程の前に、遊離試薬(85)を含まない液相を第1容器(11)に分注する工程をさらに備える。このように構成すれば、被検物質(81)を含む検体を実際に測定する場合に分注される遊離試薬(85)に代えて、遊離試薬(85)を含まない液相(25)を分注するので、実際の検体測定時に遊離試薬(85)を分注するのと同様の動作で、免疫測定装置(100)の状態確認を行える。そして、その場合でも、標識物質(83)と固相担体(82)との結合が解消されることがないので、固相担体(82)を集める機能の確認を適切に行える。 In this case, preferably, in the complex transfer treatment, the immune complex (84) is released from the solid phase carrier (82) by dispensing the free reagent (85) into the first container (11), and BF After the step of separating, before the step of transferring the liquid phase in the first container (11) to the second container (12), the liquid phase not containing the free reagent (85) is separated into the first container (11). The process of adding is further provided. If comprised in this way, it replaces with the free reagent (85) dispensed when actually measuring the test substance containing a test substance (81), and the liquid phase (25) which does not contain a free reagent (85) is used. Since dispensing is performed, the state of the immunoassay device (100) can be confirmed by the same operation as dispensing the free reagent (85) during actual sample measurement. Even in this case, since the binding between the labeling substance (83) and the solid phase carrier (82) is not eliminated, the function of collecting the solid phase carrier (82) can be appropriately confirmed.
 上記管理試料(20)が、標識物質(21)が結合した固相担体(22)を含む場合、好ましくは、管理試料(20)は、被検物質(81)と結合せずに標識物質(21)と結合した第3固相担体(23)を含む。このように構成すれば、免疫測定装置(100)の状態確認のために専用の試薬として、被検物質(81)を含まない第3固相担体(23)を用いて、固相担体(22)を集める機能の確認を行うことができる。固相担体(22)が標識物質(21)だけでなく被検物質(81)とも結合する場合、被検物質(81)の種類に応じて結合可能な固相担体(22)および標識物質(21)を複数種類用意するのに対して、被検物質(81)を含まない第3固相担体(23)では、被検物質(81)の種類によらずに免疫測定装置(100)の状態確認を行うことができる。そのため、免疫測定装置(100)の状態確認をより簡便に行うことができる。 When the control sample (20) includes the solid phase carrier (22) to which the labeling substance (21) is bound, preferably, the control sample (20) is not bound to the test substance (81) and the labeling substance ( 21) and a third solid phase carrier (23). If comprised in this way, using the 3rd solid-phase carrier (23) which does not contain the to-be-tested substance (81) as a reagent for exclusive use for the state confirmation of an immunoassay device (100), a solid-phase carrier (22 ) Can be confirmed. When the solid phase carrier (22) binds not only to the labeling substance (21) but also to the test substance (81), the solid phase carrier (22) and the labeling substance (which can be bound according to the type of the test substance (81)) 21), a plurality of types are prepared, whereas in the third solid phase carrier (23) that does not include the test substance (81), the immunoassay apparatus (100) is not dependent on the type of the test substance (81). The status can be checked. Therefore, it is possible to more easily check the state of the immunoassay device (100).
 上記第1の局面による免疫測定装置の状態確認方法において、好ましくは、管理試料(20)は、標識物質(21)が溶解した溶液を含む。このように構成すれば、第1容器(11)中で標識物質(21)が液相として存在するので、たとえば標識物質(21)の検出値が上昇しない場合には、液相を第2容器(12)に移す際に、第1容器(11)から液相を適切に移せていない可能性が高いと判定できる。そのため、複合体転移処理における第1容器(11)内の液相を第2容器(12)に移す機能が正常か否かを容易に確認できる。 In the method for confirming the state of the immunoassay device according to the first aspect, preferably, the control sample (20) includes a solution in which the labeling substance (21) is dissolved. If comprised in this way, since the labeling substance (21) exists as a liquid phase in the 1st container (11), for example, when the detection value of the labeling substance (21) does not rise, the liquid phase is set in the second container. When moving to (12), it can be determined that there is a high possibility that the liquid phase has not been properly transferred from the first container (11). Therefore, it can be easily confirmed whether or not the function of transferring the liquid phase in the first container (11) to the second container (12) in the complex transfer treatment is normal.
 この場合、好ましくは、第1容器(11)内の液相を第2容器(12)に移す工程は、第1容器(11)内の液相を吸引し、吸引した液相を第2容器(12)に吐出する分注処理を含み、第2容器(12)内の標識物質(21)の検出結果に基づいて、分注機能の異常を判定する工程をさらに備える。なお、本明細書において、「分注機能」とは、第1容器(11)内の液相を吸引する機能および吸引した液相を第2容器(12)に吐出する機能を含み、分注機能が正常であるとは、第1容器(11)から液相を吸引して、吸引した液相を第2容器(12)へ吐出できることを指す。このように構成すれば、標識物質(21)の検出値に基づいて、液相の吸引および液相の吐出を行う分注機能が正常であるか異常であるかを容易に判定できる。 In this case, preferably, in the step of transferring the liquid phase in the first container (11) to the second container (12), the liquid phase in the first container (11) is sucked and the sucked liquid phase is sucked into the second container. (12) includes a dispensing process to be discharged, and further includes a step of determining abnormality of the dispensing function based on the detection result of the labeling substance (21) in the second container (12). In the present specification, the “dispensing function” includes a function of sucking the liquid phase in the first container (11) and a function of discharging the sucked liquid phase to the second container (12). The normal function means that the liquid phase can be sucked from the first container (11) and the sucked liquid phase can be discharged to the second container (12). If comprised in this way, it can be easily determined whether the dispensing function which performs suction | inhalation of a liquid phase and discharge of a liquid phase is normal based on the detection value of a labeling substance (21).
 上記分注機能の異常を判定する場合、好ましくは、標識物質(21)の検出値が基準値(V2)を下回る場合に、分注機能の異常があると判定する。このように構成すれば、標識物質(21)の検出値が基準値(V2)を下回る場合には、第1容器(11)から第2容器(12)に、標識物質(21)を含む液相を適切に移せていない可能性が高いため、検出値と基準値(V2)との対比により、分注機能を容易に判定できる。 When determining an abnormality in the dispensing function, preferably, it is determined that there is an abnormality in the dispensing function when the detected value of the labeling substance (21) is lower than the reference value (V2). With this configuration, when the detected value of the labeling substance (21) is lower than the reference value (V2), the liquid containing the labeling substance (21) from the first container (11) to the second container (12). Since there is a high possibility that the phases have not been appropriately transferred, the dispensing function can be easily determined by comparing the detected value with the reference value (V2).
 この場合、好ましくは、基準値(V2)は、管理試料(20)に含まれる標識物質(21)の予想検出値の許容限度として設定された値である。このように構成すれば、標識物質(21)を含む液相を第2容器(12)に移す工程を実行しても検出値が基準値(V2)を下回る場合に、分注機能が異常であることを容易に判定できる。そのため、検出値が基準値(V2)を上回ることが確認されることにより、測定結果の信頼性を確保することができる。 In this case, preferably, the reference value (V2) is a value set as an allowable limit of an expected detection value of the labeling substance (21) contained in the control sample (20). If comprised in this way, even if the process which moves the liquid phase containing a labeling substance (21) to a 2nd container (12) is performed, when a detected value is less than a reference value (V2), a dispensing function is abnormal. It can be easily determined. Therefore, the reliability of the measurement result can be ensured by confirming that the detected value exceeds the reference value (V2).
 上記標識物質(21)が溶解した溶液を管理試料が含む場合、好ましくは、管理試料(20)は、検体の測定時において第1容器(11)に分注される標識物質(21)を含む。このように構成すれば、被検物質(81)を含む検体を実際に測定する場合に分注される標識物質(21)を用いて、第1容器(11)内の液相を第2容器(12)に移す機能が正常か否かを確認できる。すなわち、免疫測定装置(100)の状態確認のために専用の標識物質(21)を別途用意する必要がないので、免疫測定装置(100)の利便性を向上させることができる。 When the management sample includes a solution in which the labeling substance (21) is dissolved, the management sample (20) preferably includes the labeling substance (21) to be dispensed into the first container (11) at the time of measurement of the specimen. . If comprised in this way, the liquid phase in a 1st container (11) will be made into a 2nd container using the label | marker substance (21) dispensed when actually measuring the test substance containing a test substance (81). It can be confirmed whether or not the function transferred to (12) is normal. That is, since it is not necessary to separately prepare a dedicated labeling substance (21) for confirming the state of the immunoassay device (100), the convenience of the immunoassay device (100) can be improved.
 上記第1の局面による免疫測定装置の状態確認方法において、管理試料(20)に含まれる標識物質(21)が酵素であり、第2容器(12)内の標識物質(21)を検出する工程は、酵素の基質を第2容器(12)に添加し、酵素反応により生じた反応産物から生じる信号を測定することにより行われてもよい。 In the method for confirming the state of the immunoassay device according to the first aspect, the labeling substance (21) contained in the control sample (20) is an enzyme, and the labeling substance (21) in the second container (12) is detected. May be performed by adding a substrate of the enzyme to the second container (12) and measuring a signal generated from a reaction product generated by the enzyme reaction.
 上記第1の局面による免疫測定装置の状態確認方法において、第1容器(11)内で、既知濃度の被検物質(81)を含む試料または被検物質(81)を含まない試料、被検物質(81)と結合する標識物質(83)、被検物質(81)と結合する捕捉物質(86)、および捕捉物質(86)と結合する固相担体(82)とを接触させる工程、第1容器(11)内に、標識物質(83)および捕捉物質(86)を含む免疫複合体(84)を固相担体(82)から遊離させる遊離試薬(85)を分注した後、第1容器(11)内の液相を第2容器(12)に移す工程、および第2容器(12)内に存在する標識物質(83)を検出する工程、をさらに備えてもよい。すなわち、既知濃度の精度管理試料または被検物質を含まない試料を用いて、検体を測定する場合と同様の動作を行って、第2容器(12)中の管理試料を測定する精度管理方法をさらに実施してもよい。 In the method for confirming the state of the immunoassay device according to the first aspect, in the first container (11), a sample containing a test substance (81) having a known concentration or a sample not containing the test substance (81), a test Contacting a labeling substance (83) that binds to the substance (81), a capture substance (86) that binds to the test substance (81), and a solid phase carrier (82) that binds to the capture substance (86); After dispensing a free reagent (85) for releasing the immune complex (84) containing the labeling substance (83) and the capture substance (86) from the solid phase carrier (82) in one container (11), the first You may further provide the process of moving the liquid phase in a container (11) to a 2nd container (12), and the process of detecting the labeling substance (83) which exists in a 2nd container (12). That is, an accuracy control method for measuring a control sample in the second container (12) by performing an operation similar to that for measuring a specimen using a control sample having a known concentration or a sample not containing a test substance. Further implementation may be performed.
 この発明の第2の局面による免疫測定装置(100)は、検体中の被検物質(81)と標識物質(21)とを含み固相担体(22)に担持された免疫複合体(84)を収容する第1容器(11)内で、免疫複合体(84)を固相担体(22)から遊離させ、第1容器(11)内の液相を第2容器(12)に移す複合体転移処理を行う免疫測定装置(100)であって、少なくとも標識物質(21)を含む管理試料(20)が収容された第1容器(11)内の液相を第2容器(12)に移す処理を行う機構部(50)と、液相が移された第2容器(12)内の標識物質(21)を検出する検出部(60)と、検出部(60)の検出結果に基づいて、複合体転移処理における異常を判定する判定部(70)と、を備える。 The immunoassay device (100) according to the second aspect of the present invention comprises an immune complex (84) comprising a test substance (81) and a labeling substance (21) in a specimen and carried on a solid phase carrier (22). In the first container (11) containing the immunity, the immune complex (84) is released from the solid phase carrier (22), and the liquid phase in the first container (11) is transferred to the second container (12). An immunoassay device (100) for performing a transfer process, wherein a liquid phase in a first container (11) containing a control sample (20) containing at least a labeling substance (21) is transferred to a second container (12). Based on the detection result of the mechanism part (50) which performs processing, the detection part (60) which detects the labeling substance (21) in the second container (12) to which the liquid phase has been transferred, and the detection part (60) And a determination unit (70) for determining an abnormality in the complex transfer process.
 第2の局面による免疫測定装置(100)では、上記のように構成することによって、標識物質(21)を含む管理試料(20)を収容する第1容器(11)に対して、複合体転移処理と同様の液相の移し替え動作を行って、第2容器(12)に移された管理試料(20)中の標識物質(21)を検出できる。複合体転移処理が正常に行われなければ、予想される検出結果から外れた異常な検出結果が取得されることになる。これにより、判定部(70)により、第2容器(12)中の標識物質(21)の検出結果から、複合体転移処理が正常に実施できたかどうかを判定することができるので、免疫測定装置における免疫複合体転移法を実行するための機能の状態確認を簡便に行うことができる。 The immunoassay device (100) according to the second aspect is configured as described above, whereby complex transfer is performed with respect to the first container (11) containing the control sample (20) containing the labeling substance (21). The labeling substance (21) in the control sample (20) transferred to the second container (12) can be detected by performing a liquid phase transfer operation similar to the processing. If the complex transfer process is not performed normally, an abnormal detection result deviating from the expected detection result is acquired. Thus, the determination unit (70) can determine whether or not the complex transfer process has been successfully performed from the detection result of the labeling substance (21) in the second container (12). The status of the function for carrying out the immune complex transfer method in can be easily confirmed.
 上記第2の局面による免疫測定装置(100)において、好ましくは、判定部(70)は、機構部(50)による第1容器(11)内の固相担体(22)を集める機能、および機構部(50)による第1容器(11)内の液相を第2容器(12)に移し替える機能、の少なくともいずれかの異常を判定する。このように構成すれば、判定部(70)により、複合体転移処理において固相担体(22)を集める機能、および液相を第2容器(12)に移し替える機能の少なくともいずれかの異常の有無を判定できるので、測定結果の信頼性を確保するために特に有用である。 In the immunoassay device (100) according to the second aspect, the determination unit (70) preferably has a function and a mechanism for collecting the solid phase carrier (22) in the first container (11) by the mechanism unit (50). An abnormality of at least one of the function of transferring the liquid phase in the first container (11) to the second container (12) by the unit (50) is determined. With this configuration, the determination unit (70) causes at least one of the abnormality of the function of collecting the solid phase carrier (22) in the complex transfer process and the function of transferring the liquid phase to the second container (12). Since the presence or absence can be determined, it is particularly useful for ensuring the reliability of the measurement result.
 この場合、好ましくは、管理試料(20)は、標識物質(21)が結合した磁性粒子を含み、機構部(50)は、第1容器(11)内で標識物質(21)が結合した磁性粒子を集磁する磁力源(52)を含み、判定部(70)は、磁力源(52)による集磁機能の異常を判定する。このように構成すれば、第1容器(11)中で標識物質(21)が結合した固相担体(22)を集磁するので、たとえば標識物質(21)の検出値が上昇する場合には、液相を第2容器(12)に移す際に固相担体(22)が十分に集磁できておらず固相担体(22)も第2容器(12)に移されている可能性が高いと判定できる。そのため、複合体転移処理における磁力源(52)による集磁機能が正常であるか異常であるかを容易に判定できる。 In this case, preferably, the control sample (20) includes magnetic particles to which the labeling substance (21) is bound, and the mechanism part (50) is a magnetic material to which the labeling substance (21) is bound in the first container (11). A magnetic source (52) for collecting particles is included, and the determination unit (70) determines abnormality of the magnetic collection function by the magnetic source (52). With this configuration, the solid phase carrier (22) to which the labeling substance (21) is bound is collected in the first container (11). For example, when the detection value of the labeling substance (21) increases. There is a possibility that when the liquid phase is transferred to the second container (12), the solid phase carrier (22) is not sufficiently magnetized and the solid phase carrier (22) is also transferred to the second container (12). Can be determined to be high. Therefore, it can be easily determined whether the magnetic flux collecting function by the magnetic force source (52) in the complex transition process is normal or abnormal.
 上記判定部(70)が、固相担体(22)を集める機能、および液相を第2容器(12)に移し替える機能の少なくともいずれかの異常を判定する構成において、好ましくは、管理試料(20)は、標識物質(21)が溶解した溶液を含み、機構部(50)は、第1容器(11)内の液相を吸引し、吸引した液相を第2容器(12)に吐出する吸引管(51)を含み、判定部(70)は、吸引管(51)による分注機能の異常を判定する。このように構成すれば、第1容器(11)中で標識物質(21)が液相として存在するので、たとえば標識物質(21)の検出値が上昇しない場合には、液相を第2容器(12)に分注する際に、液相の吸引および液相の吐出を行う吸引管(51)による分注機が正常でない可能性が高いと判定できる。そのため、複合体転移処理における吸引管(51)による分注機能の異常の有無を容易に確認できる。 In the configuration in which the determination unit (70) determines an abnormality in at least one of the function of collecting the solid phase carrier (22) and the function of transferring the liquid phase to the second container (12), preferably the control sample ( 20) includes a solution in which the labeling substance (21) is dissolved. The mechanism (50) sucks the liquid phase in the first container (11) and discharges the sucked liquid phase to the second container (12). The determination unit (70) includes a suction pipe (51) that performs the determination, and determines an abnormality in the dispensing function of the suction pipe (51). If comprised in this way, since the labeling substance (21) exists as a liquid phase in the 1st container (11), for example, when the detection value of the labeling substance (21) does not rise, the liquid phase is set in the second container. When dispensing into (12), it can be determined that there is a high possibility that the dispenser by the suction pipe (51) that performs the suction of the liquid phase and the discharge of the liquid phase is not normal. Therefore, the presence or absence of abnormality in the dispensing function by the suction tube (51) in the complex transfer process can be easily confirmed.
 上記第2の局面による免疫測定装置(100)において、好ましくは、機構部(50)は、被検物質(81)を含む検体を分注するための検体分注部(120)と、標識物質(21、83)を含む標識試薬、および固相担体(22、82)を含む固相試薬とを分注するための試薬分注部(130)と、を含み、第1容器(11)内に管理試料(20)を調製するように構成されている。このように構成すれば、免疫測定装置(100)のユーザやサービススタッフが事前に管理試料(20)を第1容器(11)に準備しておかなくても、免疫測定装置(100)によって容易に、管理試料(20)を第1容器(11)に収容させることができる。 In the immunoassay device (100) according to the second aspect, preferably, the mechanism unit (50) includes a sample dispensing unit (120) for dispensing a sample containing the test substance (81), and a labeling substance. A reagent dispensing unit (130) for dispensing a labeling reagent containing (21, 83) and a solid phase reagent containing a solid phase carrier (22, 82), and in the first container (11) The control sample (20) is prepared. If comprised in this way, even if the user and service staff of an immunoassay device (100) do not prepare the management sample (20) in the 1st container (11) in advance, it is easy by the immunoassay device (100). The management sample (20) can be accommodated in the first container (11).
 この場合、好ましくは、試薬分注部(130)は、検体の測定を行う場合には、免疫複合体(84)を固相担体(82)から遊離させる遊離試薬(85)を第1容器(11)に分注し、第1容器(11)内の液相を第2容器(12)に移す処理における異常を判定する場合には、遊離試薬(85)に代えて遊離試薬(85)を含まない液相(25)を分注する。このように構成すれば、被検物質(81)を含む検体を実際に測定する場合に分注される遊離試薬(85)に代えて、遊離試薬(85)を含まない液相(25)を分注するので、実際の検体測定時に遊離試薬(85)を分注するのと同様の動作で、免疫測定装置(100)の状態確認を行える。そして、その場合でも、標識物質(83)と固相担体(82)との結合が解消されることがないので、固相担体(82)の集磁機能の確認を適切に行える。 In this case, it is preferable that the reagent dispensing unit (130) removes the free reagent (85) that liberates the immune complex (84) from the solid phase carrier (82) when the sample is measured. 11), when determining an abnormality in the process of transferring the liquid phase in the first container (11) to the second container (12), the free reagent (85) is replaced with the free reagent (85). Dispense the free liquid phase (25). If comprised in this way, it replaces with the free reagent (85) dispensed when actually measuring the test substance containing a test substance (81), and the liquid phase (25) which does not contain a free reagent (85) is used. Since dispensing is performed, the state of the immunoassay device (100) can be confirmed by the same operation as dispensing the free reagent (85) during actual sample measurement. Even in this case, since the binding between the labeling substance (83) and the solid phase carrier (82) is not eliminated, the magnetic flux collecting function of the solid phase carrier (82) can be appropriately confirmed.
 上記機構部(50)が第1容器(11)内に管理試料(20)を調製する構成において、好ましくは、機構部(50)は、被検物質(81)、標識物質(83)を含む免疫複合体(84)と結合した固相担体(82)と、液相とを分離するBF分離部(170)を含み、BF分離部(170)は、第1容器(11)内の管理試料(20)に対するBF分離を行う。このように構成すれば、BF分離によって、固相担体(82)と結合しなかった液相中の標識物質(83)を、第1容器(11)内から排除できる。そのため、第1容器(11)内の液相を第2容器(12)に移す工程において、液相中に標識物質(83)が混ざることを抑制できるので、免疫測定装置(100)の状態確認のための標識物質(83)の検出精度を向上させることができる。 In the configuration in which the mechanism part (50) prepares the control sample (20) in the first container (11), the mechanism part (50) preferably includes a test substance (81) and a labeling substance (83). It includes a solid phase carrier (82) bound to the immune complex (84) and a BF separation unit (170) for separating the liquid phase, and the BF separation unit (170) is a control sample in the first container (11). BF separation for (20) is performed. If comprised in this way, the labeling substance (83) in the liquid phase which was not couple | bonded with a solid-phase carrier (82) can be excluded from the inside of the 1st container (11) by BF separation. Therefore, in the step of transferring the liquid phase in the first container (11) to the second container (12), the mixing of the labeling substance (83) in the liquid phase can be suppressed, so that the state of the immunoassay device (100) is confirmed. The detection accuracy of the labeling substance (83) for the purpose can be improved.
 本発明によれば、免疫測定装置における免疫複合体転移法を実行するための機能の状態確認を簡便に行える。 According to the present invention, it is possible to easily confirm the state of the function for executing the immune complex transfer method in the immunoassay device.
図1は、免疫測定装置の状態確認方法の第1の例を示した模式図である。FIG. 1 is a schematic diagram showing a first example of a state confirmation method for an immunoassay device. 図2は、免疫測定装置の状態確認方法の第2の例を示した模式図である。FIG. 2 is a schematic diagram showing a second example of the state confirmation method of the immunoassay device. 図3は、免疫測定装置の概要を示した模式図である。FIG. 3 is a schematic diagram showing an outline of the immunoassay device. 図4は、免疫測定装置による検体の測定の概要を説明するための図である。FIG. 4 is a diagram for explaining an outline of measurement of a sample by the immunoassay device. 図5は、免疫測定装置の具体的構成例を示した模式的な平面図である。FIG. 5 is a schematic plan view showing a specific configuration example of the immunoassay device. 図6は、検体分注部を説明するための模式図である。FIG. 6 is a schematic diagram for explaining the sample dispensing unit. 図7は、試薬分注部を説明するための模式図である。FIG. 7 is a schematic diagram for explaining the reagent dispensing unit. 図8は、BF分離部を説明するための模式図である。FIG. 8 is a schematic diagram for explaining the BF separation unit. 図9Aは、第1容器から液相を第2容器に移し替えるための機構部の構成例を示した模式図である。FIG. 9A is a schematic diagram illustrating a configuration example of a mechanism unit for transferring the liquid phase from the first container to the second container. 図9Bは、第1容器から液相を第2容器に移し替えるための機構部の構成例を示した模式図である。FIG. 9B is a schematic diagram illustrating a configuration example of a mechanism unit for transferring the liquid phase from the first container to the second container. 図9Cは、第1容器から液相を第2容器に移し替えるための機構部の構成例を示した模式図である。FIG. 9C is a schematic diagram illustrating a configuration example of a mechanism unit for transferring the liquid phase from the first container to the second container. 図10は、検出部を説明するための模式図である。FIG. 10 is a schematic diagram for explaining the detection unit. 図11は、集磁機能の判定方法を説明するための図である。FIG. 11 is a diagram for explaining a method of determining a magnetic flux collecting function. 図12は、免疫測定装置の集磁機能の確認を行う実施形態1を説明するための図である。FIG. 12 is a diagram for explaining the first embodiment for confirming the magnetism collecting function of the immunoassay device. 図13は、免疫測定装置の集磁機能の確認を行う実施形態2を説明するための図である。FIG. 13 is a diagram for explaining the second embodiment for confirming the magnetism collecting function of the immunoassay device. 図14は、免疫測定装置の集磁機能の確認を行う実施形態3を説明するための図である。FIG. 14 is a diagram for explaining the third embodiment for confirming the magnetism collecting function of the immunoassay device. 図15は、実施形態3の効果を確認するために行った実施例1を説明するための図である。FIG. 15 is a diagram for explaining Example 1 performed to confirm the effect of the third embodiment. 図16は、実施例1の測定結果を示した図である。FIG. 16 shows the measurement results of Example 1. FIG. 図17は、分注機能の判定方法を説明するための図である。FIG. 17 is a diagram for explaining a method for determining the dispensing function. 図18は、免疫測定装置の分注機能の確認を行う実施形態4を説明するための図である。FIG. 18 is a diagram for explaining the fourth embodiment for confirming the dispensing function of the immunoassay device. 図19は、免疫測定装置の分注機能の確認を行う実施形態5を説明するための図である。FIG. 19 is a diagram for explaining the fifth embodiment for confirming the dispensing function of the immunoassay device. 図20は、実施形態5の効果を確認するために行った実施例2を説明するための図である。FIG. 20 is a diagram for explaining Example 2 performed to confirm the effect of the fifth embodiment. 図21は、実施例2の測定結果を示した図である。FIG. 21 is a diagram showing the measurement results of Example 2. 図22は、免疫測定装置の動作を説明するためのフローチャートである。FIG. 22 is a flowchart for explaining the operation of the immunoassay device. 図23は、従来技術を説明するための図である。FIG. 23 is a diagram for explaining the prior art.
 以下、実施形態を図面に基づいて説明する。 Hereinafter, embodiments will be described with reference to the drawings.
[免疫測定装置の状態確認方法の概要]
 まず、図1および図2を参照して、一実施形態による免疫測定装置の状態確認方法の概要について説明する。
[Overview of status check method of immunoassay device]
First, with reference to FIG. 1 and FIG. 2, the outline | summary of the state confirmation method of the immunoassay apparatus by one Embodiment is demonstrated.
 免疫測定装置100の状態確認方法は、第1容器11内の液相を第2容器12に移す複合体転移処理を行う免疫測定装置100の状態確認方法である。 The state confirmation method of the immunoassay apparatus 100 is a state confirmation method of the immunoassay apparatus 100 that performs a complex transfer process in which the liquid phase in the first container 11 is transferred to the second container 12.
 免疫測定装置100は、抗原抗体反応を利用して検体中の被検物質を測定する。検体は、たとえば生体から採取された血液などの生体試料である。血液は、全血、血清、血漿のいずれでもよい。被検物質は、たとえば、血液に含まれる抗原または抗体、タンパク質や、ペプチドなどである。 The immunoassay apparatus 100 measures a test substance in a specimen using an antigen-antibody reaction. The specimen is a biological sample such as blood collected from a living body, for example. The blood may be whole blood, serum, or plasma. The test substance is, for example, an antigen or antibody contained in blood, a protein, a peptide, or the like.
 第1容器11および第2容器12は、たとえば、上端側が開口し下端側の底部がふさがった円筒状容器であり、内部に検体や試薬などの液体を収容できる反応容器(キュベット)である。これらの容器は、たとえば、使い捨て可能な樹脂製の容器である。この場合、使用済みの容器をそのまま廃棄することができる。第1容器11および第2容器12は、同一形状の容器であってもよいし、異なる形状の容器であってもよい。 The first container 11 and the second container 12 are, for example, cylindrical containers that are open at the upper end and closed at the bottom at the lower end, and are reaction containers (cuvettes) that can contain liquids such as specimens and reagents. These containers are, for example, disposable resin containers. In this case, the used container can be discarded as it is. The first container 11 and the second container 12 may be containers having the same shape or different shapes.
 本実施形態では、免疫測定装置100は、免疫複合体転移法による複合体転移処理を行う。免疫複合体転移法(図4参照)は、検体中の被検物質81と標識物質83とを含み固相担体82に担持された免疫複合体(抗原抗体反応による結合体)84を収容する第1容器11内で、免疫複合体84を固相担体82から遊離させ、遊離した免疫複合体84を固相担体82から分離する手法である。免疫測定装置100は、第1容器11内に固相担体82を残して第1容器11内の液相を第2容器12に移すことにより、複合体転移処理を行う。免疫測定装置100は、第1容器11内の液相を第2容器12に移す際に、固相担体82が液相とともに第2容器12に持ち越されることを抑制するため、第1容器11中の固相担体82を集める。 In this embodiment, the immunoassay apparatus 100 performs a complex transfer process by an immune complex transfer method. In the immunocomplex transfer method (see FIG. 4), a test substance 81 and a labeling substance 83 in a specimen are contained in an immunocomplex (conjugate by antigen-antibody reaction) 84 that is carried on a solid phase carrier 82. In this method, the immune complex 84 is released from the solid phase carrier 82 in one container 11 and the released immune complex 84 is separated from the solid phase carrier 82. The immunoassay apparatus 100 performs the complex transfer process by leaving the solid phase carrier 82 in the first container 11 and transferring the liquid phase in the first container 11 to the second container 12. When the immunoassay apparatus 100 moves the liquid phase in the first container 11 to the second container 12, the immunoassay apparatus 100 prevents the solid phase carrier 82 from being carried over to the second container 12 together with the liquid phase. Collect the solid support 82.
 これにより、免疫複合体84を固相担体82に形成させる過程で固相担体82に非特異的に結合した不要な標識物質83が、免疫複合体84から固相担体82と一緒に分離される。その結果、免疫複合体転移法を行わずに測定が行われる場合と比較して、ノイズレベルを下げることができるので、測定データのベースラインを下げて、免疫測定の高感度化ができる。 Thereby, unnecessary labeling substance 83 non-specifically bound to the solid phase carrier 82 in the process of forming the immune complex 84 on the solid phase carrier 82 is separated from the immune complex 84 together with the solid phase carrier 82. . As a result, compared to the case where measurement is performed without performing the immune complex transfer method, the noise level can be lowered, so that the baseline of the measurement data can be lowered and the sensitivity of the immunoassay can be increased.
 なお、本明細書において、免疫複合体は、標識物質(被検物質と結合する抗体または光源に標識物質が結合したもの)でありうる。免疫複合体は、標識物質と抗体との結合体でありうる。免疫複合体は、標識物質と、抗体と、被検物質との結合体でありうる。 In the present specification, the immune complex may be a labeling substance (an antibody that binds to the test substance or a labeling substance bound to a light source). The immune complex can be a conjugate of a labeling substance and an antibody. The immune complex can be a conjugate of a labeling substance, an antibody, and a test substance.
 〈免疫測定装置の状態確認方法〉
 本実施形態の免疫測定装置100の状態確認方法は、免疫測定装置100による複合体転移処理を行うための機能が正常であるか否かを確認するものである。
<Immunoassay device status confirmation method>
The method for confirming the state of the immunoassay apparatus 100 according to the present embodiment confirms whether or not the function for performing the complex transfer process by the immunoassay apparatus 100 is normal.
 図1および図2に示すように、免疫測定装置100の状態確認方法は、少なくとも標識物質21を含む管理試料20が収容された第1容器11内の液相を第2容器12に移す工程(a)と、液相が移された第2容器12内の標識物質21を検出する工程(b)と、第2容器12内の標識物質21の検出結果に基づいて、複合体転移処理を行う免疫測定装置100の状態を判定する工程(c)と、を備える。すなわち、状態確認方法では、工程(a)として、免疫測定装置100による検体測定時の複合体転移処理と同様の液相の移し替え動作を実施する。そして、工程(b)として、移し替えた第2容器12中の管理試料20の測定を行う。工程(c)において、工程(b)により得られた検出結果に基づく状態判定を行う。 As shown in FIG. 1 and FIG. 2, the method for confirming the state of the immunoassay device 100 is a step of transferring the liquid phase in the first container 11 containing the control sample 20 containing at least the labeling substance 21 to the second container 12 ( a), a step (b) of detecting the labeling substance 21 in the second container 12 to which the liquid phase has been transferred, and a detection result of the labeling substance 21 in the second container 12, and a complex transfer process is performed. And (c) determining the state of the immunoassay device 100. That is, in the state confirmation method, as the step (a), the liquid phase transfer operation similar to the complex transfer process at the time of sample measurement by the immunoassay apparatus 100 is performed. In step (b), the control sample 20 in the transferred second container 12 is measured. In step (c), the state is determined based on the detection result obtained in step (b).
 工程(a)は、たとえば、免疫測定装置100が備える吸引管51により、第1容器11内の液相を吸引し、吸引した液相を第2容器12内に吐出する分注処理により行う。 Step (a) is performed by, for example, a dispensing process in which the liquid phase in the first container 11 is sucked by the suction tube 51 provided in the immunoassay apparatus 100 and the sucked liquid phase is discharged into the second container 12.
 工程(b)では、たとえば、免疫測定装置100が備える検出部により、第2容器12内の標識物質21を検出する。 In step (b), for example, the labeling substance 21 in the second container 12 is detected by a detection unit provided in the immunoassay apparatus 100.
 工程(c)では、たとえば、免疫測定装置100が備える判定部により、検出結果に基づく状態判定を行う。工程(c)は、たとえば免疫測定装置100と接続するコンピュータ、免疫測定装置100とネットワークを介して通信可能なサーバ装置などによっても実施されうる。 In step (c), for example, the determination unit provided in the immunoassay apparatus 100 performs state determination based on the detection result. Step (c) can also be performed by, for example, a computer connected to the immunoassay device 100, a server device that can communicate with the immunoassay device 100 via a network, and the like.
 〈標識物質〉
 標識物質は、検出または測定可能なシグナルを発することができる物質であれば特に限定されない。例えば、酵素、蛍光物質、放射性同位元素などが挙げられる。酵素としては、アルカリホスファターゼ、β-ガラクドシダーゼ、ペルオキシダーゼ、グルコースオキシダーゼ、チロシナーゼ、酸性ホスファターゼ、ルシフェラーゼなどが挙げられるが、特に限定されない。蛍光物質としては、フルオレセインイソチオシアネート(FITC)、クマリン、ローダミン、フルオレセイン、Cy3、Cy5、Hoechst 33342、4’,6-ジアミジノ-2-フェニルインドール(DAPI)、プロピジウムイオダイド(PI)、Alexa Fluor(モレキュラ・プローブス(Molecular Probes)社の登録商標)シリーズなどの蛍光色素、グリーン蛍光タンパク質(GFP)などの蛍光タンパク質などが挙げられるが、特に限定されない。放射性同位元素としては、125I、14C、32Pなどが挙げられるが、特に限定されない。
<Labeling substance>
The labeling substance is not particularly limited as long as it can emit a detectable or measurable signal. For example, an enzyme, a fluorescent substance, a radioisotope, etc. are mentioned. Examples of the enzyme include alkaline phosphatase, β-galactosidase, peroxidase, glucose oxidase, tyrosinase, acid phosphatase, and luciferase, but are not particularly limited. Fluorescent substances include fluorescein isothiocyanate (FITC), coumarin, rhodamine, fluorescein, Cy3, Cy5, Hoechst 33342, 4 ′, 6-diamidino-2-phenylindole (DAPI), propidium iodide (PI), Alexa Fluor ( Fluorescent dyes such as Molecular Probes (registered trademark) series, fluorescent proteins such as green fluorescent protein (GFP), and the like are exemplified, but not limited thereto. Examples of the radioisotope include 125I, 14C, and 32P, but are not particularly limited.
 なお、本明細書において、標識物質21は、測定試薬として用いられる標識抗体(被検物質と結合する抗体に標識物質が結合したもの)も含む概念である。 In addition, in this specification, the labeling substance 21 is a concept including a labeling antibody (an antibody that binds to a test substance and a labeling substance bound) used as a measurement reagent.
 また、本明細書において、管理試料20に含まれる標識物質21は、検体の測定時に免疫複合体84に含まれる標識物質83(図4参照)と同一の標識物質であってもよいし、異なる標識物質であってもよい。 In this specification, the labeling substance 21 included in the management sample 20 may be the same labeling substance as the labeling substance 83 (see FIG. 4) included in the immune complex 84 at the time of measurement of the specimen, or different. It may be a labeling substance.
 標識物質の検出は、標識物質に用いる標識の種類に応じた適切な方法で行われればよく、検出方法は特に限定されない。標識物質に対応した検出手段を用いて標識物質の存在量を検出すればよい。たとえば、標識物質に用いる標識が酵素である場合、測定は、酵素に対して基質を反応させることにより発生する光、色などを測定することにより行うことができる。この場合の検出部として、光電子増倍管、分光光度計、ルミノメータなどが利用できる。また、標識物質が放射性同位体である場合、検出部としてシンチレーションカウンターなどが利用できる。標識物質が蛍光物質である場合、発光される蛍光が検出可能な蛍光検出器を利用して標識物質を検出することができる。 The detection of the labeling substance is not particularly limited as long as it is performed by an appropriate method according to the type of label used for the labeling substance. What is necessary is just to detect the abundance of a labeling substance using the detection means corresponding to the labeling substance. For example, when the label used for the labeling substance is an enzyme, the measurement can be performed by measuring light, color, etc. generated by reacting a substrate with the enzyme. As a detection unit in this case, a photomultiplier tube, a spectrophotometer, a luminometer, or the like can be used. Further, when the labeling substance is a radioisotope, a scintillation counter or the like can be used as the detection unit. When the labeling substance is a fluorescent substance, the labeling substance can be detected using a fluorescence detector capable of detecting the emitted fluorescence.
 標識物質が酵素である場合、用いる酵素に応じて適宜公知の基質を選択すればよい。例えば、酵素としてアルカリホスファターゼを用いる場合の基質としてはCDP-Star(登録商標)、(4-クロロ-3-(メトキシスピロ{1,2-ジオキセタン-3,2’-(5’-クロロ)トリクシロ[3.3.1.13,7]デカン}-4-イル)フェニルリン酸2ナトリウム)、CSPD(登録商標)(3-(4-メトキシスピロ{1,2-ジオキセタン-3,2-(5’-クロロ)トリシクロ[3.3.1.13,7]デカン}-4-イル)フェニルリン酸2ナトリウム)などの化学発光基質;p-ニトロフェニルホスフェート、5-ブロモ-4-クロロ-3-インドリルリン酸(BCIP)、4-ニトロブルーテトラゾリウムクロリド(NBT)、ヨードニトロテトラゾリウム(INT)などの発光基質;4-メチルウムベリフェニル・ホスフェート(4MUP)などの蛍光基質;5-ブロモ-4-クロロ-3-インドリルリン酸(BCIP)、5-ブロモ-6-クロロ-インドリルリン酸2ナトリウム、p-ニトロフェニルリンなどの発色基質などが利用できる。 When the labeling substance is an enzyme, a known substrate may be appropriately selected according to the enzyme used. For example, when alkaline phosphatase is used as the enzyme, the substrate is CDP-Star®, (4-chloro-3- (methoxyspiro {1,2-dioxetane-3,2 ′-(5′-chloro) trixiro [3.3.1.13,7] decan} -4-yl) phenyl phosphate disodium), CSPD® (3- (4-methoxyspiro {1,2-dioxetane-3,2- ( Chemiluminescent substrates such as 5′-chloro) tricyclo [3.3.1.13,7] decan} -4-yl) phenyl phosphate disodium); p-nitrophenyl phosphate, 5-bromo-4-chloro- Luminescent substrates such as 3-indolyl phosphate (BCIP), 4-nitroblue tetrazolium chloride (NBT), iodonitrotetrazolium (INT); 4-methylumberif Fluorescent substrates such as phenyl phosphate (4MUP); 5-bromo-4-chloro-3-indolyl phosphate (BCIP), disodium 5-bromo-6-chloro-indolyl phosphate, p-nitrophenyl phosphorus, etc. The chromogenic substrate can be used.
 検出により、標識物質21の存在量を反映した検出結果が取得される。検出結果は、標識物質21の存在量に対応する検出値として数値情報の形式で取得されうる。 The detection result reflecting the abundance of the labeling substance 21 is acquired by the detection. The detection result can be acquired in the form of numerical information as a detection value corresponding to the amount of the labeling substance 21 present.
 (標識物質が結合した固相担体を含む管理試料)
 図1のように、管理試料20が、標識物質21が結合した固相担体22を含むものである場合、工程(a)を行う際に、固相担体22を集める処理が行われる。工程(a)により、固相担体22を残して液相が第1容器11から第2容器12に移動される。このため、第2容器12には、標識物質21が結合した固相担体22を含まない液相が収容される。
(Management sample including solid phase carrier bound with labeling substance)
As shown in FIG. 1, when the management sample 20 includes a solid phase carrier 22 to which a labeling substance 21 is bound, a process of collecting the solid phase carrier 22 is performed when performing the step (a). By the step (a), the liquid phase is moved from the first container 11 to the second container 12 while leaving the solid phase carrier 22. For this reason, the second container 12 contains a liquid phase that does not include the solid phase carrier 22 to which the labeling substance 21 is bound.
 〈固相担体〉
 固相担体は、たとえば、免疫測定で用いられる公知の粒子である。粒子は、例えば、磁性粒子、ラテックス粒子、赤血球、ゼラチン粒子などが挙げられる。第1容器11中から液相を分離するため、固相担体22として磁性粒子を用いるのが好ましい。磁性粒子としては、磁性を有する材料を基材として含み、通常の免疫測定に用いられる粒子であればよい。例えば、基材としてFeおよび/またはFe、コバルト、ニッケル、フィライト、マグネタイトなどを用いた磁性粒子が利用できる。
<Solid support>
The solid phase carrier is, for example, a known particle used in immunoassay. Examples of the particles include magnetic particles, latex particles, erythrocytes, and gelatin particles. In order to separate the liquid phase from the first container 11, it is preferable to use magnetic particles as the solid phase carrier 22. The magnetic particle may be any particle that contains a magnetic material as a base material and is used for normal immunoassay. For example, magnetic particles using Fe 2 O 3 and / or Fe 3 O 4 , cobalt, nickel, phyllite, magnetite, etc. as the substrate can be used.
 なお、本明細において、管理試料20に含まれる固相担体22は、検体の測定時に免疫複合体84と結合する固相担体82と同一の固相担体であってもよいし、異なる固相担体であってもよい。 In the present specification, the solid phase carrier 22 included in the management sample 20 may be the same solid phase carrier 82 as the solid phase carrier 82 that binds to the immune complex 84 when the specimen is measured, or a different solid phase carrier. It may be.
 標識物質と固相担体との結合は、化学結合などにより両者を直接結合してもよいし、捕捉物質を介して間接的に結合しても構わない。間接的な結合としては、たとえばビオチンとアビジン類、ハプテンと抗ハプテン抗体、ニッケルとヒスタチジンタグ、グルタチオンとグルタチオン-S-トランスフェラーゼなどの組み合わせが利用できる。なお、「アビジン類」とは、アビジンおよびストレプトアビジンを含むことを意味する。 The binding between the labeling substance and the solid phase carrier may be performed directly by chemical bonding or indirectly through a capturing substance. For indirect binding, for example, a combination of biotin and avidin, hapten and anti-hapten antibody, nickel and histatidine tag, glutathione and glutathione-S-transferase, etc. can be used. “Avidins” means containing avidin and streptavidin.
 一例として、ストレプトアビジンをコーティングした固相担体に、ビオチンを結合した蛍光色素を結合させることができる。このような、標識物質21が結合した固相担体22は、市販されているものを好適に用いることができる。 As an example, a fluorescent dye conjugated with biotin can be bound to a solid phase carrier coated with streptavidin. As such a solid phase carrier 22 to which the labeling substance 21 is bound, a commercially available one can be suitably used.
 また、検体の代わりに、既知濃度の被検物質を精度管理試料(キャリブレーター)として使用して、各測定項目の測定用試薬を用いて測定処理を行うことによって、標識物質21が結合した固相担体22を形成してもよい。すなわち、標識物質21が結合した固相担体22は、図4に示した固相担体82上に、標識物質83、被検物質81および捕捉物質86からなる免疫複合体84を形成することによって作製されてもよい。この場合、後述するように免疫測定装置100に、免疫測定動作の一部または全部を実行させることにより、そのような物質を作製することができる。 Further, by using a test substance having a known concentration instead of a specimen as a quality control sample (calibrator) and performing a measurement process using a measurement reagent for each measurement item, a solid phase to which the labeling substance 21 is bound. The carrier 22 may be formed. That is, the solid phase carrier 22 to which the labeling substance 21 is bound is prepared by forming an immune complex 84 composed of the labeling substance 83, the test substance 81, and the capture substance 86 on the solid phase carrier 82 shown in FIG. May be. In this case, as described later, such a substance can be produced by causing the immunoassay apparatus 100 to execute part or all of the immunoassay operation.
 図1において、工程(b)が実施されると、第2容器12中の標識物質21が検出される。免疫測定装置100の複合体転移処理の機能が正常である場合、使用上の許容上限量以上には、固相担体22が第2容器12へ持ち越されることはない。そのため、免疫測定装置100の固相担体22を集める機能が正常である場合、工程(b)による標識物質21の検出値は、標識物質21を含まないブランク試料を測定した場合と同等の低値となる。ここで、ブランク試料とは、標識物質21を含まない試料である。一方、免疫測定装置100の固相担体22を集める機能が異常である場合、たとえば第1容器11中で固相担体22が集まらずに分散した状態となっている場合、工程(a)により、標識物質21が結合した固相担体22が液相と共に第2容器12へ移される。そのため、免疫測定装置100の固相担体22を集める機能が異常である場合、工程(b)による標識物質21の検出値は、正常状態の検出値の許容範囲から外れた異常高値となる。 In FIG. 1, when the step (b) is performed, the labeling substance 21 in the second container 12 is detected. When the function of the complex transfer process of the immunoassay apparatus 100 is normal, the solid phase carrier 22 is not carried over to the second container 12 beyond the allowable upper limit for use. Therefore, when the function of collecting the solid phase carrier 22 of the immunoassay apparatus 100 is normal, the detection value of the labeling substance 21 in step (b) is as low as that obtained when a blank sample not containing the labeling substance 21 is measured. It becomes. Here, the blank sample is a sample that does not contain the labeling substance 21. On the other hand, when the function of collecting the solid phase carrier 22 of the immunoassay device 100 is abnormal, for example, when the solid phase carrier 22 is dispersed in the first container 11 without being collected, the step (a) The solid phase carrier 22 to which the labeling substance 21 is bound is transferred to the second container 12 together with the liquid phase. Therefore, when the function of collecting the solid phase carrier 22 of the immunoassay apparatus 100 is abnormal, the detected value of the labeling substance 21 in step (b) becomes an abnormally high value that is outside the allowable range of the detected value in the normal state.
 このため、工程(c)において、工程(b)による検出結果が取得される。検出結果に基づいて、複合体転移処理における免疫測定装置100の状態が判定される。すなわち、検出結果から、複合体転移処理が正常に実施できたかどうかが判定される。判定する状態としては、「正常」か「異常」か、または「0(異常なし)」か「1(異常あり)」か、という2項分類でありうる。判定する状態としては、検出値に応じて正常または異常の程度を判定してもよい。たとえば正常状態のうちに、完全な正常範囲内、正常範囲外だが許容範囲内、許容範囲内だが異常値(許容範囲外)に近い境界範囲内、などの判定範囲を設定し、検出値に応じてどの範囲に属するかを判定してもよい。この場合、ユーザは、判定結果により、たとえば免疫測定装置100のメンテナンスの必要性を判断するための情報を得ることができる。 For this reason, the detection result by the step (b) is acquired in the step (c). Based on the detection result, the state of the immunoassay apparatus 100 in the complex transfer process is determined. That is, it is determined from the detection result whether the complex transfer process has been successfully performed. The state of determination may be a binary classification of “normal” or “abnormal”, “0 (no abnormality)” or “1 (abnormal)”. As a state of determination, the degree of normality or abnormality may be determined according to the detection value. For example, within the normal state, set the judgment range such as within the complete normal range, outside the normal range but within the allowable range, within the allowable range but within the boundary range close to the abnormal value (outside the allowable range), and depending on the detection value It may be determined which range belongs. In this case, the user can obtain information for determining the necessity of maintenance of the immunoassay device 100, for example, based on the determination result.
 (標識物質が溶解した液体を含む管理試料)
 図2のように、管理試料20が、標識物質21が溶解した液体を含むものである場合、工程(a)により、標識物質21を含む液相が第1容器11から第2容器12に移動される。このため、第2容器12には、標識物質21を含んだ液相が収容される。
(Control sample containing liquid in which labeling substance is dissolved)
As shown in FIG. 2, when the control sample 20 contains a liquid in which the labeling substance 21 is dissolved, the liquid phase containing the labeling substance 21 is transferred from the first container 11 to the second container 12 in step (a). . For this reason, the liquid phase containing the labeling substance 21 is accommodated in the second container 12.
 図2において、工程(b)が実施されると、第2容器12中の標識物質21が検出される。免疫測定装置100の第1容器11内の液相を第2容器12に移す機能が正常である場合、液相中の標識物質21が十分に第2容器12中に移される。そのため、免疫測定装置100の第1容器11内の液相を第2容器12に移す機能が正常である場合、工程(b)による標識物質21の検出値は、管理試料20に含まれる標識物質21の既知の濃度から予想される許容範囲内となる。一方、免疫測定装置100の第1容器11内の液相を第2容器12に移す機能が異常である場合、たとえば第1容器11中から第2容器12への液相の移送が行えなかった場合、工程(a)によっても、標識物質21を含む液相が第2容器12へ移されない。そのため、免疫測定装置100の第1容器11内の液相を第2容器12に移す機能が異常である場合、工程(b)による標識物質21の検出値は、標識物質21の既知の濃度から予想される許容範囲から外れた値となる。 In FIG. 2, when the step (b) is performed, the labeling substance 21 in the second container 12 is detected. When the function of transferring the liquid phase in the first container 11 of the immunoassay apparatus 100 to the second container 12 is normal, the labeling substance 21 in the liquid phase is sufficiently transferred into the second container 12. Therefore, when the function of transferring the liquid phase in the first container 11 of the immunoassay apparatus 100 to the second container 12 is normal, the detected value of the labeling substance 21 in step (b) is the labeling substance contained in the management sample 20. Within the tolerances expected from 21 known concentrations. On the other hand, when the function of transferring the liquid phase in the first container 11 of the immunoassay apparatus 100 to the second container 12 is abnormal, for example, the liquid phase could not be transferred from the first container 11 to the second container 12. In this case, the liquid phase containing the labeling substance 21 is not transferred to the second container 12 even by the step (a). Therefore, when the function of transferring the liquid phase in the first container 11 of the immunoassay apparatus 100 to the second container 12 is abnormal, the detection value of the labeling substance 21 in step (b) is determined from the known concentration of the labeling substance 21. The value deviates from the expected allowable range.
 このため、工程(c)において、標識物質21が溶解した液体を含む管理試料20に対して工程(a)および工程(b)を行って得られた検出結果から、複合体転移処理における免疫測定装置100の状態が判定される。すなわち、複合体転移処理が正常に実施できたかが判定される。 For this reason, in step (c), from the detection results obtained by performing steps (a) and (b) on the control sample 20 containing the liquid in which the labeling substance 21 is dissolved, immunoassay in complex transfer treatment is performed. The state of the device 100 is determined. That is, it is determined whether the complex transfer process has been successfully performed.
 このように、本実施形態による免疫測定装置の状態確認方法では、標識物質21を含む管理試料20を収容する第1容器11に対して、複合体転移処理と同様の動作を行って、第2容器12に移された管理試料20中の標識物質21を検出できる。複合体転移処理が正常に行われなければ、予想される検出結果から外れた異常な検出結果が取得されることになる。これにより、第2容器12中の標識物質21の検出結果に基づいて、複合体転移処理が正常に実施できたかどうかなどの免疫測定装置100の状態を判定することができる。その結果、免疫測定装置100における免疫複合体転移法を実行するための機能の状態確認を簡便に行うことができる。 As described above, in the method for confirming the state of the immunoassay device according to the present embodiment, the same operation as the complex transfer process is performed on the first container 11 containing the management sample 20 including the labeling substance 21, and the second The labeling substance 21 in the control sample 20 transferred to the container 12 can be detected. If the complex transfer process is not performed normally, an abnormal detection result deviating from the expected detection result is acquired. Thereby, based on the detection result of the labeling substance 21 in the second container 12, it is possible to determine the state of the immunoassay device 100, such as whether the complex transfer process has been successfully performed. As a result, it is possible to easily check the status of the function for executing the immune complex transfer method in the immunoassay apparatus 100.
 〈固相担体を集める処理〉
 図1のように、管理試料20が、標識物質21が結合した固相担体22を含む場合、第1容器11内の液相を第2容器12に移す工程(a)において、第1容器11内で標識物質21が結合した固相担体22を集める処理を行う。
<Treatment of collecting the solid support>
As shown in FIG. 1, when the management sample 20 includes a solid phase carrier 22 to which a labeling substance 21 is bound, in the step (a) of transferring the liquid phase in the first container 11 to the second container 12, the first container 11. The solid phase carrier 22 to which the labeling substance 21 is bound is collected.
 固相担体22を集める処理は、たとえば、免疫測定装置100により第1容器11に対して遠心分離を行って固相担体22を容器底部に沈降させることにより行う。固相担体22が磁性粒子である場合、固相担体22を集める処理は、磁性粒子を磁力源52により集磁する処理を含む。たとえば、免疫測定装置100が備える磁力源52により磁性粒子が集磁される。 The process of collecting the solid phase carrier 22 is performed, for example, by centrifuging the first container 11 with the immunoassay apparatus 100 and allowing the solid phase carrier 22 to settle at the bottom of the container. When the solid support 22 is a magnetic particle, the process of collecting the solid support 22 includes a process of collecting the magnetic particles by the magnetic force source 52. For example, magnetic particles are collected by a magnetic source 52 provided in the immunoassay apparatus 100.
 これにより、第1容器11中で標識物質21が結合した固相担体22を集めるので、たとえば標識物質21の検出値が上昇する場合には、液相を第2容器12に移す際に固相担体22が十分に集められておらず固相担体22も移されている可能性が高い。そのため、複合体転移処理における第1容器11内の固相担体22を集める機能が正常か否かを容易に確認できる。 Thereby, since the solid phase carrier 22 to which the labeling substance 21 is bound is collected in the first container 11, for example, when the detection value of the labeling substance 21 increases, the solid phase is transferred when the liquid phase is transferred to the second container 12. There is a high possibility that the carrier 22 is not sufficiently collected and the solid phase carrier 22 is also transferred. Therefore, it can be easily confirmed whether or not the function of collecting the solid phase carrier 22 in the first container 11 in the complex transfer process is normal.
 工程(a)および(b)の他に、以下のような工程があってもよい。 In addition to steps (a) and (b), there may be the following steps.
 (複合体転移処理における異常を判定する工程)
 たとえば、図1および図2において、免疫測定装置の状態確認方法は、第2容器12内の標識物質21の検出結果に基づいて、複合体転移処理における異常を判定する工程をさらに備える。上記の通り、工程(b)によって取得された検出値の大小を判定することによって、複合体転移処理における異常の有無を判定することができる。これにより、たとえば管理試料20中の標識物質21を検出した免疫測定装置100において検出結果の判定を行うことにより、複合体転移処理における異常があるか否かを判定することができる。判定は、たとえば、免疫測定装置100が備える判定部70(図3参照)や、免疫測定装置100と通信可能に接続されたホストコンピュータなどの外部装置などにより、行われうる。
(Step of determining abnormality in complex transfer process)
For example, in FIGS. 1 and 2, the method for confirming the state of the immunoassay apparatus further includes a step of determining an abnormality in the complex transfer process based on the detection result of the labeling substance 21 in the second container 12. As described above, the presence or absence of abnormality in the complex transfer process can be determined by determining the magnitude of the detection value acquired in step (b). Thereby, for example, it is possible to determine whether or not there is an abnormality in the complex transfer process by determining the detection result in the immunoassay apparatus 100 that detects the labeling substance 21 in the management sample 20. The determination can be performed by, for example, a determination unit 70 (see FIG. 3) included in the immunoassay apparatus 100 or an external apparatus such as a host computer connected to the immunoassay apparatus 100 so as to be communicable.
 複合体転移処理を行うための機能は、具体的には、第1容器11中の固相担体22を集める機能、および、第1容器11内の液相を第2容器12に移す機能、を含む。そこで、複合体転移処理における異常を判定する工程は、第1容器11内の固相担体22を集める機能、および第1容器11内の液相を第2容器12に移し替える機能、の少なくともいずれかの異常を判定することを含む。 Specifically, the function for performing the complex transfer process includes a function of collecting the solid phase carrier 22 in the first container 11 and a function of transferring the liquid phase in the first container 11 to the second container 12. Including. Therefore, the step of determining abnormality in the complex transfer process includes at least one of a function of collecting the solid phase carrier 22 in the first container 11 and a function of transferring the liquid phase in the first container 11 to the second container 12. Including determining any abnormality.
 複合体転移処理においては、免疫複合体84を含む液相を第2容器12に移して、第1容器11には固相担体22を残すために、第1容器11内の固相担体22を集める機能が正常か否か、が重要となる。図1に示したように、管理試料20が、標識物質21が結合した固相担体22を含むものである場合、工程(b)の検出結果に基づいて、第1容器11内の固相担体22を集める機能が正常か否かを判定することができる。 In the complex transfer process, the liquid phase containing the immune complex 84 is transferred to the second container 12, and the solid phase carrier 22 in the first container 11 is left in the first container 11 to leave the solid phase carrier 22. Whether the collecting function is normal or not is important. As shown in FIG. 1, when the management sample 20 includes the solid phase carrier 22 to which the labeling substance 21 is bound, the solid phase carrier 22 in the first container 11 is changed based on the detection result of the step (b). It is possible to determine whether or not the function to be collected is normal.
 また、複合体転移処理において、第2容器12に移し替えた免疫複合体84を検出するために、第1容器11内の液相を第2容器12に移し替える機能が正常か否か、が重要となる。図2に示したように、管理試料20が、標識物質21が溶解した液体を含むものである場合、工程(b)の検出結果に基づいて、第1容器11内の液相を第2容器12に移し替える機能が正常か否かを判定することができる。上記構成によれば、これらの機能の少なくともいずれかの異常の有無を判定できるので、測定結果の信頼性を確保するために特に有用である。高い信頼性を確保するためには、第1容器11内の固相担体22を集める機能の判定と、第1容器11内の液相を第2容器12に移し替える機能の判定との、両方をそれぞれ行うことが好ましい。 In the complex transfer process, whether or not the function of transferring the liquid phase in the first container 11 to the second container 12 is normal in order to detect the immune complex 84 transferred to the second container 12 is determined. It becomes important. As shown in FIG. 2, when the management sample 20 includes a liquid in which the labeling substance 21 is dissolved, the liquid phase in the first container 11 is transferred to the second container 12 based on the detection result of the step (b). It can be determined whether or not the function to be transferred is normal. According to the above configuration, since it is possible to determine the presence / absence of at least one of these functions, it is particularly useful for ensuring the reliability of the measurement result. In order to ensure high reliability, both the determination of the function of collecting the solid phase carrier 22 in the first container 11 and the determination of the function of transferring the liquid phase in the first container 11 to the second container 12 are both performed. Are preferably performed.
 複合体転移処理における異常を判定する工程を行う場合、第2容器12内における標識物質21の検出値が基準値V1を超えること、または検出値が基準値V1を下回ること、に基づいて異常を判定する。これにより、予め管理試料20を測定して得られる検出値から正常と異常とを区別するための基準値V1を設定しておくことにより、検出値と基準値V1とを比べるだけで、複合体転移処理の異常判定を容易に行うことができる。 When performing the step of determining an abnormality in the complex transfer process, the abnormality is detected based on whether the detected value of the labeling substance 21 in the second container 12 exceeds the reference value V1 or the detected value is lower than the reference value V1. judge. Thus, by setting a reference value V1 for distinguishing between normal and abnormal from the detection value obtained by measuring the control sample 20 in advance, the composite value can be obtained simply by comparing the detection value with the reference value V1. Abnormality determination of the transfer process can be easily performed.
 〈管理試料を第1容器に分注する工程〉
 図1および図2において、第1容器11内の液相を第2容器12に移す工程の前に、免疫測定装置100により、管理試料20を第1容器11に分注する工程をさらに備え得る。たとえば免疫測定装置100は、予め管理試料20を収容した容器(図示せず)から管理試料20を吸引管51により吸引して、第1容器11内に吐出する。これにより、免疫測定装置100のユーザやサービススタッフが事前に管理試料20を第1容器11に準備しておかなくても、免疫測定装置100によって容易に、管理試料20を第1容器11に収容させることができる。
<Process for dispensing the control sample into the first container>
In FIG. 1 and FIG. 2, before the step of transferring the liquid phase in the first container 11 to the second container 12, a step of dispensing the management sample 20 into the first container 11 by the immunoassay device 100 may be further provided. . For example, the immunoassay apparatus 100 sucks the management sample 20 from a container (not shown) that stores the management sample 20 in advance by the suction tube 51 and discharges the management sample 20 into the first container 11. Thereby, even if the user or service staff of the immunoassay apparatus 100 does not prepare the management sample 20 in the first container 11 in advance, the management sample 20 is easily accommodated in the first container 11 by the immunoassay apparatus 100. Can be made.
 [免疫測定装置の概要]
 次に、図3を参照して、一実施形態による免疫測定装置100の概要について説明する。
[Outline of immunoassay device]
Next, with reference to FIG. 3, the outline | summary of the immunoassay apparatus 100 by one Embodiment is demonstrated.
 免疫測定装置100は、抗原抗体反応を利用して検体中の被検物質を測定する装置である。免疫測定装置100は、免疫複合体転移法による複合体転移処理を行う。すなわち、免疫測定装置100は、図4に示したように、検体中の被検物質81と標識物質83とを含み固相担体82に担持された免疫複合体84を収容する第1容器11内で、免疫複合体84を固相担体82から遊離させ、第1容器11内の液相を第2容器12に移す複合体転移処理を行う免疫測定装置100である。 The immunoassay device 100 is a device that measures a test substance in a specimen using an antigen-antibody reaction. The immunoassay apparatus 100 performs a complex transfer process by an immune complex transfer method. That is, as shown in FIG. 4, the immunoassay device 100 includes an inside of the first container 11 that contains an immune complex 84 that includes a test substance 81 and a labeling substance 83 in a sample and is carried on a solid phase carrier 82. Thus, the immunoassay apparatus 100 performs the complex transfer process in which the immune complex 84 is released from the solid phase carrier 82 and the liquid phase in the first container 11 is transferred to the second container 12.
 図3に示すように、免疫測定装置100は、少なくとも標識物質21を含む管理試料20が収容された第1容器11内の液相を第2容器12に移す処理を行う機構部50と、液相が移された第2容器12内の標識物質21を検出する検出部60と、検出部60の検出結果に基づいて、複合体転移処理における異常を判定する判定部70と、を備える。 As shown in FIG. 3, the immunoassay apparatus 100 includes a mechanism unit 50 that performs a process of transferring the liquid phase in the first container 11 in which the management sample 20 containing at least the labeling substance 21 is stored to the second container 12, and the liquid The detection part 60 which detects the labeled | labeling substance 21 in the 2nd container 12 in which the phase was transferred, and the determination part 70 which determines the abnormality in a complex transfer process based on the detection result of the detection part 60 are provided.
 機構部50は、少なくとも複合体転移処理を実行する機能を有する。すなわち、機構部50は、第1容器11内の液相を第2容器12に移す処理を行うように構成されている。機構部50は、複合体転移処理のみならず、免疫測定のために必要な処理を、反応容器に対して実施する機能を備え得る。たとえば、機構部50は、第1容器11内で、固相担体22上に検体中の被検物質81および標識物質21を含む免疫複合体を形成させる処理を行い得る。 The mechanism unit 50 has at least a function of executing a complex transfer process. That is, the mechanism unit 50 is configured to perform a process of transferring the liquid phase in the first container 11 to the second container 12. The mechanism unit 50 may have a function of performing not only the complex transfer process but also a process necessary for the immunoassay on the reaction container. For example, the mechanism unit 50 can perform a process of forming an immune complex including the test substance 81 and the labeling substance 21 in the sample on the solid phase carrier 22 in the first container 11.
 機構部50は、免疫測定装置100が行う処理工程の種類および数に応じて、1または複数の処理ユニットを含むことができる。1つの処理ユニットが、1種類の処理工程を実施してもよいし、複数種類の処理工程を実施できる処理ユニットであってもよい。 The mechanism unit 50 can include one or a plurality of processing units depending on the type and number of processing steps performed by the immunoassay apparatus 100. One processing unit may perform one type of processing step, or may be a processing unit capable of performing a plurality of types of processing steps.
 機構部50は、たとえば、第1容器11内の液相を吸引し、吸引した液相を第2容器12に吐出する吸引管51を含む。吸引管51は、たとえば定量ポンプなどの圧力源(図示せず)に接続され、先端から所定量の液体を吸引し、定量分注できる。 The mechanism unit 50 includes, for example, a suction pipe 51 that sucks the liquid phase in the first container 11 and discharges the sucked liquid phase to the second container 12. The suction pipe 51 is connected to a pressure source (not shown) such as a metering pump, for example, and sucks a predetermined amount of liquid from the tip and can dispense a fixed amount.
 管理試料20が、標識物質21が結合した固相担体22を含む場合、機構部50は、第1容器11内で標識物質21が結合した磁性粒子を集磁する磁力源52を含む。磁力源52は、第1容器11の近傍に位置付けられる。磁力源52の磁力により、磁性粒子を集磁できる。集磁とは、磁力を作用させて磁性体を集めることである。磁力源52は、たとえば、第1容器11内の磁性粒子に対して磁力を作用させ、磁性粒子を第1容器11の内側面や底部などの所定位置に集磁する。磁力源52としては、たとえば永久磁石または電磁石が採用できる。 When the management sample 20 includes the solid phase carrier 22 to which the labeling substance 21 is bound, the mechanism unit 50 includes a magnetic force source 52 that collects magnetic particles bound to the labeling substance 21 in the first container 11. The magnetic source 52 is positioned in the vicinity of the first container 11. Magnetic particles can be collected by the magnetic force of the magnetic source 52. The magnetic collection is to collect magnetic materials by applying a magnetic force. For example, the magnetic force source 52 applies a magnetic force to the magnetic particles in the first container 11 to collect the magnetic particles at a predetermined position such as the inner surface or the bottom of the first container 11. As the magnetic source 52, for example, a permanent magnet or an electromagnet can be employed.
 たとえば、機構部50は、第1容器11に検体を分注するための検体分注部を含んでもよい。この場合、機構部50は、被検物質81を含む検体を分注する工程を実施できる。予め検体が分注された第1容器11を機構部50が処理する場合、機構部50に検体分注部を設ける必要はない。 For example, the mechanism unit 50 may include a sample dispensing unit for dispensing the sample into the first container 11. In this case, the mechanism unit 50 can perform a step of dispensing a specimen containing the test substance 81. When the mechanism unit 50 processes the first container 11 in which the sample has been dispensed in advance, it is not necessary to provide the sample dispensing unit in the mechanism unit 50.
 また、機構部50は、第1容器11に試薬を分注するための試薬分注部を含んでもよい。この場合、機構部50は、磁性粒子などの固相担体22、82を含む固相試薬を分注する工程、標識物質21、83を含む標識試薬を分注する工程、および、遊離試薬85を分注する工程を実施できる。これらの試薬が予め分注された第1容器11を機構部50が処理する場合、機構部50に試薬分注部を設ける必要はない。 Further, the mechanism unit 50 may include a reagent dispensing unit for dispensing the reagent to the first container 11. In this case, the mechanism unit 50 includes a step of dispensing a solid phase reagent including solid phase carriers 22 and 82 such as magnetic particles, a step of dispensing a labeling reagent including labeling substances 21 and 83, and a free reagent 85. A dispensing process can be performed. When the mechanism unit 50 processes the first container 11 in which these reagents are dispensed in advance, it is not necessary to provide the reagent dispensing unit in the mechanism unit 50.
 第1容器11に分注される各種試薬は、液体試薬であり、種類毎にそれぞれ別々の試薬容器に収容される。固相試薬は液体中に磁性粒子などの固相担体22、82を含んだ液体試薬であり、標識試薬は液体中に標識物質21、83を含んだ液体試薬である。遊離試薬85は、免疫複合体84と固相担体82との結合を解消するための成分を含んだ液体試薬である。 The various reagents dispensed into the first container 11 are liquid reagents and are stored in separate reagent containers for each type. The solid phase reagent is a liquid reagent containing solid phase carriers 22 and 82 such as magnetic particles in a liquid, and the labeling reagent is a liquid reagent containing labeling substances 21 and 83 in the liquid. The free reagent 85 is a liquid reagent containing a component for eliminating the binding between the immune complex 84 and the solid phase carrier 82.
 遊離試薬85は、被検物質81と標識物質83とを含む免疫複合体84と固相担体82との結合を解消させ、免疫複合体84を固相担体82から遊離させる。固相担体82と被検物質81とが結合する場合、遊離試薬85は、固相担体82と被検物質81との結合を解消させる。固相担体82が捕捉物質86を介して被検物質81と結合する場合、遊離試薬85は、固相担体82と捕捉物質86との結合、または、被検物質81と捕捉物質86との結合を解消させればよい。遊離試薬85は、免疫複合体84と固相担体82との結合の種類に応じて選択される。 The release reagent 85 eliminates the binding between the immune complex 84 including the test substance 81 and the labeling substance 83 and the solid phase carrier 82, and releases the immune complex 84 from the solid phase carrier 82. When the solid phase carrier 82 and the test substance 81 are bound to each other, the free reagent 85 cancels the binding between the solid phase carrier 82 and the test substance 81. When the solid phase carrier 82 binds to the test substance 81 via the capture substance 86, the free reagent 85 binds to the solid phase carrier 82 and the capture substance 86, or the test substance 81 and the capture substance 86 bind to each other. Can be eliminated. The free reagent 85 is selected according to the type of binding between the immune complex 84 and the solid phase carrier 82.
 たとえば、免疫複合体84と固相担体82との結合がハプテン-抗ハプテン抗体による結合である場合、ハプテンまたはハプテン誘導体が遊離試薬85として利用できる。また、免疫複合体84と固相担体82との結合が、イオン結合による結合である場合は、遊離試薬85としてイオンを含む溶液が利用できる。また、免疫複合体84と固相担体82との結合が、分離可能結合としてリガンド-レセプターによる結合である場合は、遊離試薬85としてリガンドまたはリガンド類似体が利用できる。免疫複合体84と固相担体82との結合が、分離可能結合としてレクチン-糖鎖による結合である場合は、遊離試薬85として糖質が利用できる。免疫複合体84と固相担体82との結合が、ビオチン-アビジンにより結合している場合は、遊離試薬85としてビオチンが利用できる。 For example, when the binding between the immune complex 84 and the solid phase carrier 82 is binding by a hapten-anti-hapten antibody, a hapten or a hapten derivative can be used as the free reagent 85. Further, when the bond between the immune complex 84 and the solid phase carrier 82 is a bond by ionic bond, a solution containing ions can be used as the free reagent 85. Further, when the binding between the immune complex 84 and the solid phase carrier 82 is a binding by a ligand-receptor as a separable binding, a ligand or a ligand analog can be used as the free reagent 85. When the bond between the immune complex 84 and the solid phase carrier 82 is a lectin-sugar chain bond as a separable bond, a carbohydrate can be used as the free reagent 85. When the immune complex 84 and the solid phase carrier 82 are bound by biotin-avidin, biotin can be used as the free reagent 85.
 また、機構部50は、第1容器11中の試料を加温して反応させるための反応部を含んでもよい。この場合、機構部50は、免疫複合体84を形成させる処理や、免疫複合体84を遊離させる処理に際して、反応に適した温度環境で試料の反応を促進させることができるので、効率的に処理ができる。第1容器11中の試料を加温しなくても反応が十分進行する場合や、機構部50全体が所定温度の恒温槽として構成されている場合などには、機構部50に反応部を設ける必要はない。 Further, the mechanism unit 50 may include a reaction unit for heating and reacting the sample in the first container 11. In this case, the mechanism unit 50 can promote the reaction of the sample in a temperature environment suitable for the reaction during the process of forming the immune complex 84 or the process of releasing the immune complex 84, so that the process is efficiently performed. Can do. When the reaction proceeds sufficiently without heating the sample in the first container 11, or when the entire mechanism unit 50 is configured as a constant temperature bath at a predetermined temperature, the reaction unit is provided in the mechanism unit 50. There is no need.
 検出部60は、第2容器12に分注された液相中の標識物質21、83を検出する機能を備える。上記の通り、検出は、標識物質21、83の種類に応じた適切な方法で行われればよく、検出方法は特に限定されない。検出部60として、光電子増倍管、分光光度計、ルミノメータなどが利用できる。蛍光を検出する場合、検出部60は、励起光を照射するための光源を備えうる。また、標識物質が放射性同位体である場合、検出部60としてシンチレーションカウンターなどが利用できる。 The detection unit 60 has a function of detecting the labeling substances 21 and 83 in the liquid phase dispensed into the second container 12. As described above, the detection may be performed by an appropriate method according to the types of the labeling substances 21 and 83, and the detection method is not particularly limited. As the detection unit 60, a photomultiplier tube, a spectrophotometer, a luminometer, or the like can be used. When detecting fluorescence, the detection unit 60 may include a light source for irradiating excitation light. Further, when the labeling substance is a radioisotope, a scintillation counter or the like can be used as the detection unit 60.
 判定部70は、検出部60の検出結果を取得する。判定部70は、たとえば、CPUなどのプロセッサと、ハードディスクドライブやフラッシュメモリなどの記憶部とを含むコンピュータにより構成される。プロセッサは、記憶部に記憶された制御プログラムを実行することにより、免疫測定装置100の判定部70として機能する。判定部70は、検出部60の検出結果に基づいて、複合体転移処理における異常を判定する。 The determination unit 70 acquires the detection result of the detection unit 60. The determination unit 70 is configured by a computer including a processor such as a CPU and a storage unit such as a hard disk drive and a flash memory, for example. The processor functions as the determination unit 70 of the immunoassay device 100 by executing the control program stored in the storage unit. The determination unit 70 determines an abnormality in the complex transfer process based on the detection result of the detection unit 60.
 本実施形態による免疫測定装置100は、上記の構成によって、図1および図2の少なくとも一方に示した免疫測定装置100の状態確認方法を実施する。これにより、標識物質21を含む管理試料20を収容する第1容器11に対して、複合体転移処理と同様の液相の移し替え動作を行って、第2容器12に移された管理試料20中の標識物質21を検出できる。複合体転移処理が正常に行われなければ、予想される検出結果から外れた異常な検出結果が取得されることになる。これにより、第2容器12中の標識物質21の検出結果から、複合体転移処理が正常に実施できたかどうかを確認することができるので、免疫測定装置における免疫複合体転移法を実行するための機能の状態確認を簡便に行うことができる。 The immunoassay device 100 according to the present embodiment performs the state confirmation method of the immunoassay device 100 shown in at least one of FIGS. 1 and 2 with the above-described configuration. Thereby, the liquid phase transfer operation similar to the complex transfer process is performed on the first container 11 containing the management sample 20 including the labeling substance 21, and the management sample 20 transferred to the second container 12. The labeling substance 21 inside can be detected. If the complex transfer process is not performed normally, an abnormal detection result deviating from the expected detection result is acquired. Thereby, it can be confirmed from the detection result of the labeling substance 21 in the second container 12 whether or not the complex transfer process has been normally performed, so that the immune complex transfer method in the immunoassay device is executed. The function status can be easily checked.
[免疫測定装置の具体的な構成例]
 次に、図5を参照して、免疫測定装置100の具体的な構成例について詳細に説明する。
[Specific configuration example of immunoassay device]
Next, a specific configuration example of the immunoassay device 100 will be described in detail with reference to FIG.
 免疫測定装置100は、機構部50、検出部60、および判定部70を備える。図5の構成例では、免疫測定装置100は、免疫測定結果を分析するための分析部110を備えている。判定部70は、分析部110が実行する機能の一部として実現されている。 The immunoassay apparatus 100 includes a mechanism unit 50, a detection unit 60, and a determination unit 70. In the configuration example of FIG. 5, the immunoassay device 100 includes an analysis unit 110 for analyzing an immunoassay result. The determination unit 70 is realized as part of the function executed by the analysis unit 110.
 機構部50は、検体分注部120と、試薬分注部130と、容器供給部140と、試薬庫150と、反応部160と、BF分離部170とを含む。また、機構部50は、これらの各部に容器を搬送する容器移送部180を含む。また、免疫測定装置100は、検体搬送部190と、機構部50および検出部60を収容する筐体105とを備える。 The mechanism unit 50 includes a sample dispensing unit 120, a reagent dispensing unit 130, a container supply unit 140, a reagent storage 150, a reaction unit 160, and a BF separation unit 170. Moreover, the mechanism part 50 contains the container transfer part 180 which conveys a container to each of these parts. The immunoassay apparatus 100 includes a sample transport unit 190 and a housing 105 that houses the mechanism unit 50 and the detection unit 60.
 筐体105は、免疫測定装置100の各部を内部に収容する箱状形状を有する。なお、筐体105は、1つまたは複数の階層で構成され得る。 The housing 105 has a box shape that houses each part of the immunoassay device 100 therein. The housing 105 can be configured with one or a plurality of layers.
 検体搬送部190は、被検体から採取された検体を、検体分注部120による吸引位置まで搬送するように構成されている。検体搬送部190は、検体を収容した検体容器191(図6参照)が複数設置されたラックを所定の検体吸引位置まで搬送できる。 The sample transport unit 190 is configured to transport a sample collected from the subject to a suction position by the sample dispensing unit 120. The sample transport unit 190 can transport a rack in which a plurality of sample containers 191 (see FIG. 6) containing a sample are installed to a predetermined sample suction position.
 検体分注部120は、検体搬送部190により搬送された検体を吸引し、吸引した検体を第1容器11に分注できる。図6に示すように、検体分注部120は、吸引および吐出を行うための流体回路に接続された吸引管121と、吸引管121を移動させる移動機構(図示せず)とを含む。検体分注部120は、たとえば図示しないチップ供給部から分注チップ122を吸引管121の先端に装着して、搬送された検体容器191中の検体を分注チップ122内に所定量吸引する。検体分注部120は、吸引した検体を所定の検体分注位置に配置された第1容器11に分注する。分注後、検体分注部120は、分注チップ122を吸引管121の先端から取り外して廃棄する。 The sample dispensing unit 120 can aspirate the sample conveyed by the sample conveyance unit 190 and dispense the aspirated sample into the first container 11. As shown in FIG. 6, the sample dispensing unit 120 includes a suction tube 121 connected to a fluid circuit for performing suction and discharge, and a moving mechanism (not shown) that moves the suction tube 121. The sample dispensing unit 120 attaches a dispensing tip 122 to the tip of the suction tube 121 from a tip supply unit (not shown), for example, and sucks a predetermined amount of the sample in the transported sample container 191 into the dispensing tip 122. The sample dispensing unit 120 dispenses the aspirated sample into the first container 11 disposed at a predetermined sample dispensing position. After dispensing, the sample dispensing unit 120 removes the dispensing tip 122 from the tip of the suction tube 121 and discards it.
 容器供給部140は、未使用の反応容器を複数貯留できる。すなわち、容器供給部140は、未使用の第1容器11および第2容器12を複数貯留して、所定の容器供給位置にそれぞれ供給できる。この構成例では、第1容器11および第2容器12として、同一形状および同一材質の反応容器が用いられる。つまり、容器供給部140から供給された未使用の反応容器は、第1容器11としても第2容器12としても使用できる。なお、第1容器11および第2容器12が共通して該当し、区別する必要がない場合は、単に「反応容器10」という。 The container supply unit 140 can store a plurality of unused reaction containers. That is, the container supply unit 140 can store a plurality of unused first containers 11 and second containers 12 and supply them to predetermined container supply positions. In this configuration example, reaction containers having the same shape and the same material are used as the first container 11 and the second container 12. That is, the unused reaction container supplied from the container supply unit 140 can be used as both the first container 11 and the second container 12. In addition, when the 1st container 11 and the 2nd container 12 correspond in common, and it is not necessary to distinguish, it is only called "reaction container 10."
 容器移送部180は、反応容器10を移送できる。容器移送部180は、容器供給位置から空の容器を取得し、検体分注部120、試薬分注部130、反応部160、BF分離部170、検出部60などの各々の処理位置に容器を移送する。容器移送部180は、たとえば容器を把持するキャッチャまたは容器の設置穴を有する保持部と、キャッチャまたは保持部を移動させる移動機構とにより構成される。移動機構は、たとえば直線移動可能な1または複数の直動機構により、1軸または複数軸方向に移動する。移動機構は、たとえば上下方向および水平2方向の直交3軸方向に移動できる。移動機構は、回転軸回りに水平回転するアーム機構や、多関節ロボット機構を含んでいてもよい。容器移送部180は、筐体105内の各ユニットの処理位置の配置に応じて、1つまたは複数設けられる。 The container transfer unit 180 can transfer the reaction container 10. The container transfer unit 180 acquires an empty container from the container supply position, and puts the container at each processing position such as the sample dispensing unit 120, the reagent dispensing unit 130, the reaction unit 160, the BF separation unit 170, the detection unit 60, and the like. Transport. The container transfer unit 180 includes, for example, a catcher that holds the container or a holding unit having a container installation hole, and a moving mechanism that moves the catcher or the holding unit. The moving mechanism moves in the direction of one axis or a plurality of axes by, for example, one or more linear motion mechanisms capable of linear movement. The moving mechanism can move, for example, in three orthogonal directions in the vertical direction and two horizontal directions. The moving mechanism may include an arm mechanism that rotates horizontally around the rotation axis and an articulated robot mechanism. One or a plurality of container transfer units 180 are provided according to the arrangement of the processing positions of the units in the housing 105.
 反応部160は、ヒーターおよび温度センサを備え、反応容器10を保持して容器内に収容された試料を加温して反応させる。加温により、容器内に収容された検体および試薬が反応する。反応部160は、筐体105内に1つまたは複数設けられる。反応部160は、筐体105に固定的に設置されていてもよいし、筐体105内で移動可能に設けられていてもよい。反応部160が移動可能に構成される場合、反応部160は、容器移送部180の一部としても機能しうる。 The reaction unit 160 includes a heater and a temperature sensor, holds the reaction vessel 10, and heats and reacts the sample stored in the vessel. By heating, the specimen and reagent contained in the container react. One or more reaction units 160 are provided in the housing 105. The reaction unit 160 may be fixedly installed in the housing 105 or may be movably provided in the housing 105. When the reaction unit 160 is configured to be movable, the reaction unit 160 can also function as a part of the container transfer unit 180.
 試薬庫150は、箱状形状を有し、内部に容器保持部151と冷却機構とを有する。容器保持部151は試薬容器155を保持する。冷却機構は、試薬容器155内の試薬を保管に適した一定温度に保冷する。試薬庫150は、上面に、試薬分注部130が試薬庫150の内部へ進入するための複数の孔部152を有する。 The reagent storage 150 has a box shape and includes a container holding portion 151 and a cooling mechanism inside. The container holding unit 151 holds the reagent container 155. The cooling mechanism keeps the reagent in the reagent container 155 at a constant temperature suitable for storage. The reagent storage 150 has a plurality of holes 152 on the upper surface for allowing the reagent dispensing unit 130 to enter the inside of the reagent storage 150.
 容器保持部151は、複数の試薬容器155を円周方向に並べて保持するように形成されている。容器保持部151は、複数の試薬容器155を半径方向に並べて保持できる。つまり、容器保持部151は、円周状に並ぶ複数の試薬容器155の列を、同心円状に径方向に並べて配列できる。容器保持部151は、同心円状の複数の試薬容器155の列を、独立して周方向に回転できる。これにより、容器保持部151は、試薬分注部130に応じて設けられた複数の孔部152の各々の直下の位置に、対応する試薬容器155の列のうちから選択された所望の試薬容器155を配置できる。その結果、孔部152の直下の位置に配置した試薬容器155内の試薬が試薬分注部130により吸引される。容器保持部151には、後述するr1試薬、r4試薬、r5試薬、r6試薬、r7試薬をそれぞれ収容する試薬容器155がセットされる。試薬容器155は、複数の収容室を有して複数種類の試薬を収容できる構造であってもよい。 The container holding part 151 is formed to hold a plurality of reagent containers 155 side by side in the circumferential direction. The container holding part 151 can hold a plurality of reagent containers 155 side by side in the radial direction. That is, the container holding part 151 can arrange the row | line | column of the some reagent container 155 arranged in a circle by arranging in the radial direction concentrically. The container holding part 151 can independently rotate the row of a plurality of concentric reagent containers 155 in the circumferential direction. As a result, the container holding unit 151 has a desired reagent container selected from the row of the corresponding reagent containers 155 at a position immediately below each of the plurality of holes 152 provided in accordance with the reagent dispensing unit 130. 155 can be arranged. As a result, the reagent in the reagent container 155 arranged at a position immediately below the hole 152 is aspirated by the reagent dispensing unit 130. In the container holding part 151, a reagent container 155 that stores r1 reagent, r4 reagent, r5 reagent, r6 reagent, and r7 reagent, which will be described later, is set. The reagent container 155 may have a structure that has a plurality of storage chambers and can store a plurality of types of reagents.
 試薬分注部130は、試薬容器155内の試薬を吸引し、吸引した試薬を反応容器10に分注する。試薬分注部130は、試薬の吸引および吐出を行うための吸引管131を、孔部152と、所定の試薬分注位置との間で水平方向に移動できる。また、図7に示すように、試薬分注部130は、吸引管131を上下方向に移動させ、孔部152の上方から孔部152を通過させて試薬容器155の内部に進入させることができ、孔部152の上方位置まで吸引管131を退避させることができる。吸引管131は、図示しない流体回路と接続され、容器保持部151の試薬容器155から所定量の試薬を吸引し、試薬分注位置に移送された反応容器10に試薬を分注する。 The reagent dispensing unit 130 sucks the reagent in the reagent container 155 and dispenses the sucked reagent into the reaction container 10. The reagent dispensing unit 130 can move a suction tube 131 for performing aspiration and discharge of the reagent in the horizontal direction between the hole 152 and a predetermined reagent dispensing position. In addition, as shown in FIG. 7, the reagent dispensing unit 130 can move the suction tube 131 in the vertical direction and pass through the hole 152 from above the hole 152 to enter the reagent container 155. The suction tube 131 can be retracted to a position above the hole 152. The suction tube 131 is connected to a fluid circuit (not shown), sucks a predetermined amount of reagent from the reagent container 155 of the container holding unit 151, and dispenses the reagent into the reaction container 10 transferred to the reagent dispensing position.
 試薬分注部130は、たとえば、1つまたは複数設けられる。図5の例では、試薬分注部130は、試薬庫150の上に3つ設けられている。3つの試薬分注部130は、それぞれr1試薬、r4試薬、r5試薬、r6試薬、r7試薬のいずれを分注するかが予め設定されているが、どの試薬分注部130によりどの試薬を分注するかは、特に限定されない。また、機構部50は、R4試薬を分注するためのR4試薬分注部134およびR5試薬を分注するためのR5試薬分注部135を含む。 For example, one or a plurality of reagent dispensing units 130 are provided. In the example of FIG. 5, three reagent dispensing units 130 are provided on the reagent storage 150. Each of the three reagent dispensing units 130 is set in advance as to which of the r1 reagent, r4 reagent, r5 reagent, r6 reagent, and r7 reagent is to be dispensed. There is no particular limitation on whether or not to add. The mechanism unit 50 includes an R4 reagent dispensing unit 134 for dispensing the R4 reagent and an R5 reagent dispensing unit 135 for dispensing the R5 reagent.
 R4試薬分注部134およびR5試薬分注部135は、試薬庫150からは離間した位置に設けられている。R4試薬分注部134およびR5試薬分注部135は、それぞれR4試薬およびR5試薬を収容した試薬容器(図示せず)と送液チューブを介して接続されており、容器移送部180によって移送された反応容器10中に試薬を吐出できる。 The R4 reagent dispensing unit 134 and the R5 reagent dispensing unit 135 are provided at positions separated from the reagent storage 150. The R4 reagent dispensing unit 134 and the R5 reagent dispensing unit 135 are connected to a reagent container (not shown) containing the R4 reagent and the R5 reagent via a liquid feeding tube, respectively, and are transferred by the container transfer unit 180. The reagent can be discharged into the reaction container 10.
 BF分離部170は、反応容器10から、液相と固相とを分離するBF分離を実行する機能を有する。免疫測定装置100において、BF分離部170は、1つまたは複数設けられる。図8に示すように、BF分離部170は、集磁部173により磁性粒子を集磁した状態で、吸引管171により反応容器10内の液体成分を吸引して、吐出管172により洗浄液を供給する。吸引管171および吐出管172は、それぞれ図示しない流体回路に接続されている。これにより、液体成分に含まれる不要物質を磁性粒子から分離して除去できる。 The BF separation unit 170 has a function of executing BF separation for separating the liquid phase and the solid phase from the reaction vessel 10. In the immunoassay apparatus 100, one or a plurality of BF separation units 170 are provided. As shown in FIG. 8, the BF separation unit 170 sucks the liquid component in the reaction vessel 10 with the suction tube 171 while collecting the magnetic particles with the magnetic collection unit 173, and supplies the cleaning liquid with the discharge tube 172 To do. The suction pipe 171 and the discharge pipe 172 are each connected to a fluid circuit (not shown). Thereby, the unnecessary substance contained in the liquid component can be separated and removed from the magnetic particles.
 機構部50は、複合体転移処理を行う機能を有する。 The mechanism unit 50 has a function of performing a complex transfer process.
 図9A~図9Cに示すように、機構部50は、第1容器11内で標識物質21が結合した磁性粒子を集磁する磁力源52を含む。磁力源52は、たとえば第1容器11を保持するための保持孔211が形成された保持部材210に設けられる。磁力源52は、たとえば永久磁石により構成される。保持部材210は、筐体105内に固定的に設置されていてもよいし、移動可能に構成され、容器移送部180の一部として機能してもよい。 As shown in FIGS. 9A to 9C, the mechanism unit 50 includes a magnetic source 52 that collects magnetic particles to which the labeling substance 21 is bound in the first container 11. The magnetic force source 52 is provided in the holding member 210 in which a holding hole 211 for holding the first container 11 is formed, for example. The magnetic source 52 is constituted by a permanent magnet, for example. The holding member 210 may be fixedly installed in the housing 105, may be configured to be movable, and may function as a part of the container transfer unit 180.
 機構部50は、第1容器11内の液相を吸引し、吸引した液相を第2容器12に吐出する吸引管51を含む。吸引管51は、保持部材210に保持された第1容器11中から液相を吸引して、容器移送部180または別の容器保持部(図示せず)に保持された第2容器12中に、吸引した液相を分注する。 The mechanism unit 50 includes a suction pipe 51 that sucks the liquid phase in the first container 11 and discharges the sucked liquid phase to the second container 12. The suction tube 51 sucks the liquid phase from the first container 11 held by the holding member 210 and puts it into the second container 12 held by the container transfer part 180 or another container holding part (not shown). Dispense the sucked liquid phase.
 複合体転移処理における液相の移し替えは、吸引管を備える構成によって実施される。たとえば、図9Aに示すように、複合体転移処理は、検体分注部120の吸引管121によって実行することができる。吸引管121が複合体転移処理を行う吸引管51としても機能する。図9Bに示すように、複合体転移処理は、試薬分注部130の吸引管131によって実行することができる。吸引管131が複合体転移処理を行う吸引管51としても機能する。図9Cに示すように、機構部50は、複合体転移処理を行うための専用の免疫複合体分注部220を備えていてもよい。その場合、免疫複合体分注部220が備える吸引管51によって、第1容器11内の液相が吸引され、吸引した液相が第2容器12に吐出される。 The liquid phase transfer in the complex transfer process is performed by a configuration including a suction tube. For example, as shown in FIG. 9A, the complex transfer process can be executed by the suction tube 121 of the sample dispensing unit 120. The suction tube 121 also functions as the suction tube 51 that performs the complex transfer process. As shown in FIG. 9B, the complex transfer process can be executed by the suction tube 131 of the reagent dispensing unit 130. The suction tube 131 also functions as the suction tube 51 that performs the complex transfer process. As shown in FIG. 9C, the mechanism unit 50 may include a dedicated immune complex dispensing unit 220 for performing the complex transfer process. In that case, the liquid phase in the first container 11 is sucked by the suction tube 51 provided in the immune complex dispensing unit 220, and the sucked liquid phase is discharged to the second container 12.
 図10に示すように、検出部60は、光電子増倍管などの光検出器61を含む。検出部60は、第2容器12を内部に受け入れて、検体の被検物質81に結合する標識物質83(図4参照)と発光基質との反応過程で生じる光を光検出器61により検出する。検出部60は、光検出器61で検出された光子の数を計数して、検出値として出力する。 As shown in FIG. 10, the detection unit 60 includes a photodetector 61 such as a photomultiplier tube. The detection unit 60 receives the second container 12 inside, and detects light generated in the reaction process of the labeling substance 83 (see FIG. 4) that binds to the analyte 81 of the specimen and the luminescent substrate by the photodetector 61. . The detection unit 60 counts the number of photons detected by the photodetector 61 and outputs it as a detection value.
 図5に戻り、分析部110は、たとえば、パーソナルコンピュータにより構成される。分析部110は、たとえば、CPUなどのプロセッサ111と、ROM、RAMおよびハードディスクなどの記憶部112とを含んで構成される。プロセッサ111は、記憶部112に記憶された制御プログラムを実行することにより、免疫測定装置100の分析部110として機能する。 Returning to FIG. 5, the analysis unit 110 is configured by a personal computer, for example. The analysis unit 110 includes, for example, a processor 111 such as a CPU and a storage unit 112 such as a ROM, a RAM, and a hard disk. The processor 111 functions as the analysis unit 110 of the immunoassay device 100 by executing the control program stored in the storage unit 112.
 分析部110は、機構部50と電気的に接続され、検体の測定や、免疫測定装置100の状態確認を実行するように機構部50を制御する。分析部110は、図示しないホストコンピュータから取得した測定オーダに従って機構部50に検体測定を実施させ、検出部60による検出結果を分析する。すなわち、分析部110は、検出部60による検出値と、予め作成された検量線とを比較することにより、試料中の被検物質81の存在量(すなわち、被検物質81と結合した標識物質83の存在量)を取得する。分析部110は、判定部70を含む。つまり、分析部110は、プロセッサ111が制御プログラムを実行することにより、判定部70としても機能する。判定部70として機能する専用のプロセッサを設けてもよい。 The analysis unit 110 is electrically connected to the mechanism unit 50, and controls the mechanism unit 50 so as to execute measurement of a sample and confirmation of the state of the immunoassay device 100. The analysis unit 110 causes the mechanism unit 50 to perform sample measurement according to the measurement order acquired from a host computer (not shown), and analyzes the detection result by the detection unit 60. That is, the analysis unit 110 compares the detection value obtained by the detection unit 60 with a calibration curve prepared in advance, so that the abundance of the test substance 81 in the sample (that is, the labeling substance bound to the test substance 81). 83 abundance). The analysis unit 110 includes a determination unit 70. That is, the analysis unit 110 also functions as the determination unit 70 when the processor 111 executes the control program. A dedicated processor that functions as the determination unit 70 may be provided.
 判定部70は、機構部50による第1容器11内の固相担体22を集める機能、および機構部50による第1容器11内の液相を第2容器12に移し替える機能、の少なくともいずれかの異常を判定する。これにより、複合体転移処理において固相担体22を集める機能、および液相を第2容器12に移し替える機能の少なくともいずれかの異常の有無を判定できるので、測定結果の信頼性を確保するために特に有用である。 The determination unit 70 is at least one of the function of collecting the solid phase carrier 22 in the first container 11 by the mechanism unit 50 and the function of transferring the liquid phase in the first container 11 by the mechanism unit 50 to the second container 12. Judge abnormalities. Accordingly, since it is possible to determine whether or not there is an abnormality in at least one of the function of collecting the solid phase carrier 22 in the complex transfer process and the function of transferring the liquid phase to the second container 12, the reliability of the measurement result is ensured. Is particularly useful.
 具体的には、判定部70は、標識物質21が結合した磁性粒子を含む管理試料に対する検出結果に基づいて、磁力源52(図9A~図9C参照)による集磁機能の異常を判定する。これにより、第1容器11中で標識物質21が結合した固相担体22を集磁するので、たとえば標識物質21の検出値が上昇する場合には、液相を第2容器12に移す際に固相担体22が十分に集磁できておらず固相担体22も移されている可能性が高い。そのため、複合体転移処理における磁力源52による集磁機能が正常であるか異常であるかを容易に判定できる。 Specifically, the determination unit 70 determines an abnormality in the magnetic collection function by the magnetic force source 52 (see FIGS. 9A to 9C) based on the detection result for the management sample including the magnetic particles to which the labeling substance 21 is bound. As a result, the solid phase carrier 22 to which the labeling substance 21 is bound is collected in the first container 11. For example, when the detection value of the labeling substance 21 increases, the liquid phase is transferred to the second container 12. There is a high possibility that the solid phase carrier 22 is not sufficiently magnetized and the solid phase carrier 22 is also transferred. Therefore, it can be easily determined whether the magnetic flux collecting function by the magnetic source 52 in the composite transition process is normal or abnormal.
 また、判定部70は、標識物質21が溶解した溶液を含む管理試料に対する検出結果に基づいて、吸引管51(図9A~図9C参照)による分注機能の異常を判定する。これにより、第1容器11中で標識物質21が液相として存在するので、たとえば標識物質21の検出値が上昇しない場合には、液相を第2容器12に分注する際に、液相の吸引および液相の吐出を行う吸引管51による分注機が正常でない可能性が高い。そのため、複合体転移処理における吸引管51による分注機能の異常の有無を容易に確認できる。 In addition, the determination unit 70 determines abnormality of the dispensing function by the suction tube 51 (see FIGS. 9A to 9C) based on the detection result for the management sample including the solution in which the labeling substance 21 is dissolved. Thereby, since the labeling substance 21 exists in the first container 11 as the liquid phase, for example, when the detection value of the labeling substance 21 does not increase, the liquid phase is dispensed into the second container 12. There is a high possibility that the dispenser by the suction pipe 51 that performs the suction and the liquid phase discharge is not normal. Therefore, the presence or absence of abnormality in the dispensing function by the suction tube 51 in the complex transfer process can be easily confirmed.
 (免疫測定の概要)
 図5に示す構成例では、図4に示したように、r1試薬~r7試薬と、R4試薬およびR5試薬とを用いて免疫測定が行われる。ここでは、免疫測定の一例として、被検物質81がB型肝炎表面抗原(HBsAg)である例について説明する。
(Overview of immunoassay)
In the configuration example shown in FIG. 5, as shown in FIG. 4, immunoassay is performed using the r1 reagent to r7 reagent, the R4 reagent, and the R5 reagent. Here, an example in which the test substance 81 is hepatitis B surface antigen (HBsAg) will be described as an example of immunoassay.
 まず、試薬分注部130により、第1容器11にr1試薬が分注される。r1試薬は、標識物質83を含有する標識試薬である。標識物質83は、被検物質81と反応して結合する。図4の例では、標識物質は、ALP(アルカリホスファターゼ)標識抗体である。それぞれの試薬の分注後には、反応部160において反応容器10内の試料が所定時間、所定温度に加温される。以下の説明では、反応部160については説明を省略する。 First, the reagent dispensing unit 130 dispenses the r1 reagent into the first container 11. The r1 reagent is a labeling reagent containing the labeling substance 83. The labeling substance 83 reacts with and binds to the test substance 81. In the example of FIG. 4, the labeling substance is an ALP (alkaline phosphatase) labeled antibody. After dispensing of each reagent, the sample in the reaction container 10 is heated to a predetermined temperature in the reaction unit 160 for a predetermined time. In the following description, description of the reaction unit 160 is omitted.
 次に、検体分注部120により、第1容器11に被検物質81を含む検体が分注される。被検物質81は、標識物質83と結合する。なお、被検物質81によっては、予め抗体が結合した状態で検体中に存在する抗原を、抗体から遊離させる前処理として検体をアルカリ変性させる試薬(r2試薬)や、検体のアルカリを中和する試薬(r3試薬)などがさらに分注されてもよい。 Next, the specimen dispensing unit 120 dispenses a specimen containing the test substance 81 in the first container 11. The test substance 81 binds to the labeling substance 83. Depending on the test substance 81, a reagent (r2 reagent) for alkali denaturation of the specimen as a pretreatment for releasing the antigen present in the specimen in a state in which the antibody is bound in advance from the antibody, or the alkali of the specimen is neutralized. A reagent (r3 reagent) or the like may be further dispensed.
 次に、試薬分注部130により、第1容器11にr4試薬が分注される。r4試薬は、被検物質81と反応して結合する捕捉物質86を含有する捕捉試薬である。捕捉物質86は、捕捉物質86が後述する第1固相担体82aと結合するための第1結合物質86aと、捕捉物質86が後述する第2固相担体82bと結合するための第2結合物質86bとを含む。第1結合物質86aと第2結合物質86bとは、互いに異なる結合能によって、固相担体と結合する物質である。 Next, the reagent dispensing unit 130 dispenses the r4 reagent into the first container 11. The r4 reagent is a capture reagent containing a capture substance 86 that reacts with and binds to the test substance 81. The capture substance 86 includes a first binding substance 86a for binding the capture substance 86 to a first solid phase carrier 82a described later, and a second binding substance for binding the capture substance 86 to a second solid phase carrier 82b described later. 86b. The first binding substance 86a and the second binding substance 86b are substances that bind to the solid phase carrier with different binding abilities.
 図4の例では、捕捉物質86は、DNP(ジニトロフェニル基)とビオチンとで修飾された抗体(DNP/biotin抗体)である。すなわち、捕捉物質86には、第1結合物質86aとしてDNP(ジニトロフェニル基)が修飾され、第2結合物質86bとしてビオチンが修飾されている。 In the example of FIG. 4, the capture substance 86 is an antibody (DNP / biotin antibody) modified with DNP (dinitrophenyl group) and biotin. That is, the capture substance 86 is modified with DNP (dinitrophenyl group) as the first binding substance 86a and biotin as the second binding substance 86b.
 次に、試薬分注部130により、第1容器11にr5試薬が分注される。r5試薬は、固相担体82を含有する固相試薬である。具体的には、r5試薬は、固相担体82として、第1固相担体82aを含有する。第1固相担体82aは、磁性粒子であり、具体的には、抗DNP抗体を固定した磁性粒子(抗DNP抗体化磁性粒子)である。抗ハプテンである抗DNP抗体化磁性粒子の抗DNP抗体は、ハプテンである捕捉物質86のDNPと反応して結合する。この結果、第1固相担体82a上に、被検物質81と、標識物質83と、捕捉物質86とを含む免疫複合体84が形成される。 Next, the reagent dispensing unit 130 dispenses the r5 reagent into the first container 11. The r5 reagent is a solid phase reagent containing a solid phase carrier 82. Specifically, the r5 reagent contains the first solid phase carrier 82a as the solid phase carrier 82. The first solid phase carrier 82a is a magnetic particle, specifically, a magnetic particle to which an anti-DNP antibody is immobilized (anti-DNP antibody-modified magnetic particle). The anti-DNP antibody-antimagnetic DNP antibody, which is an anti-hapten, reacts with and binds to the DNP of the capture substance 86, which is a hapten. As a result, an immune complex 84 including the test substance 81, the labeling substance 83, and the capture substance 86 is formed on the first solid phase carrier 82a.
 第1固相担体82a上に形成された免疫複合体84と、未反応の標識物質83とは、1次BF分離処理によって分離される。1次BF分離処理によって、未反応の標識物質83などの不要成分が、第1容器11中から除去される。1次BF分離処理は、BF分離部170(図8参照)により行われる。 The immune complex 84 formed on the first solid phase carrier 82a and the unreacted labeling substance 83 are separated by the primary BF separation process. Unnecessary components such as the unreacted labeling substance 83 are removed from the first container 11 by the primary BF separation process. The primary BF separation process is performed by the BF separation unit 170 (see FIG. 8).
 1次BF分離処理の次に、試薬分注部130により、第1容器11にr6試薬が分注される。r6試薬は、遊離試薬85である。図4の例では、遊離試薬85としてDNP-Lys(DNP-Lysine)を用いる。DNP-Lysは、第1固相担体82aである抗DNP抗体化磁性粒子と反応し結合する。そのため、第1容器11にr6試薬が分注されると、捕捉物質86のDNPと第1固相担体82aとの結合と、遊離試薬85(DNP-Lys)と第1固相担体82aとの結合とが競合し、捕捉物質86と第1固相担体82aとの間の結合が解消される。その結果、第1固相担体82aから免疫複合体84が遊離する。 After the primary BF separation process, the reagent dispensing unit 130 dispenses the r6 reagent into the first container 11. The r6 reagent is the free reagent 85. In the example of FIG. 4, DNP-Lys (DNP-Lysine) is used as the free reagent 85. DNP-Lys reacts and binds to the anti-DNP-antibody magnetic particles that are the first solid phase carrier 82a. Therefore, when the r6 reagent is dispensed into the first container 11, the binding between the DNP of the capture substance 86 and the first solid phase carrier 82a, the free reagent 85 (DNP-Lys), and the first solid phase carrier 82a. The binding competes and the binding between the capture substance 86 and the first solid phase carrier 82a is eliminated. As a result, the immune complex 84 is released from the first solid phase carrier 82a.
 次に、複合体転移処理が行われる。すなわち、r6試薬によって遊離した免疫複合体84を含む液相は、吸引管51によって第1容器11から吸引され、第2容器12に分注される。 Next, a complex transfer process is performed. That is, the liquid phase containing the immune complex 84 released by the r6 reagent is sucked from the first container 11 by the suction tube 51 and dispensed into the second container 12.
 複合体転移処理により、第1固相担体82aから遊離した免疫複合体84を含む液相が第1容器11から第2容器12に移し替えられる。免疫複合体84を含む液相が吸引された後の第1容器11には、第1固相担体82aが残留する。この結果、第1固相担体82aに非特異的に結合した標識物質83が、免疫複合体84から分離される。 By the complex transfer treatment, the liquid phase containing the immune complex 84 released from the first solid phase carrier 82a is transferred from the first container 11 to the second container 12. The first solid phase carrier 82a remains in the first container 11 after the liquid phase containing the immune complex 84 is aspirated. As a result, the labeling substance 83 nonspecifically bound to the first solid phase carrier 82a is separated from the immune complex 84.
 免疫複合体84が分注された第2容器12には、次に試薬分注部130により、r7試薬が分注される。r7試薬は、第2固相担体82bを含有する。第2固相担体82bは、捕捉物質86の第2結合物質86bと結合する。第2固相担体82bは、磁性粒子であり、具体的には、ビオチンと結合するストレプトアビジンを固定した磁性粒子(StAvi結合磁性粒子)である。StAvi結合磁性粒子のストレプトアビジンは、第2結合物質86bであるビオチンと反応して結合する。この結果、被検物質81と、標識物質83と、捕捉物質86とを含む免疫複合体84が第2固相担体82bと結合する。 The reagent 7 is then dispensed with the r7 reagent into the second container 12 into which the immune complex 84 has been dispensed. The r7 reagent contains the second solid phase carrier 82b. The second solid phase carrier 82b binds to the second binding substance 86b of the capture substance 86. The second solid phase carrier 82b is a magnetic particle, specifically, a magnetic particle (StAvi-binding magnetic particle) to which streptavidin that binds to biotin is immobilized. StAvi-bound magnetic particles streptavidin reacts with and binds to biotin as the second binding substance 86b. As a result, the immune complex 84 including the test substance 81, the labeling substance 83, and the capture substance 86 is bound to the second solid phase carrier 82b.
 第2固相担体82bと結合した免疫複合体84と、免疫複合体84が形成された第2固相担体82b以外の不要成分とは、2次BF分離処理によって分離され、不要成分が第2容器12中から除去される。不要成分は、たとえば、液相中に含まれていた遊離試薬85や、被検物質81と結合せずに、免疫複合体84とともに液相中に含まれていた標識物質83などである。2次BF分離処理は、BF分離部170(図8参照)により行われる。 The immune complex 84 bound to the second solid phase carrier 82b and unnecessary components other than the second solid phase carrier 82b on which the immune complex 84 is formed are separated by the secondary BF separation process, and the unnecessary components are secondly separated. The container 12 is removed. The unnecessary component is, for example, a free reagent 85 contained in the liquid phase, a labeling substance 83 contained in the liquid phase together with the immune complex 84 without being bound to the test substance 81, and the like. The secondary BF separation process is performed by the BF separation unit 170 (see FIG. 8).
 その後、R4試薬分注部134およびR5試薬分注部135により、第2容器12にR4試薬およびR5試薬がそれぞれ分注される。R4試薬は、緩衝液を含有する。第2固相担体82bと結合した免疫複合体84が緩衝液中に分散される。R5試薬は、化学発光基質を含有する。R4試薬に含有される緩衝液は、免疫複合体84に含まれる標識物質83の標識(酵素)と基質との反応を促進する組成を有する。標識に対して基質を反応させることによって光が発生し、発生する光の強度が検出部60(図10参照)により測定される。 Thereafter, the R4 reagent dispensing unit 134 and the R5 reagent dispensing unit 135 respectively dispense the R4 reagent and the R5 reagent into the second container 12. The R4 reagent contains a buffer. The immune complex 84 bound to the second solid phase carrier 82b is dispersed in the buffer. The R5 reagent contains a chemiluminescent substrate. The buffer solution contained in the R4 reagent has a composition that promotes the reaction between the label (enzyme) of the labeling substance 83 contained in the immune complex 84 and the substrate. Light is generated by reacting the substrate with the label, and the intensity of the generated light is measured by the detection unit 60 (see FIG. 10).
 (免疫測定装置の状態確認方法)
 次に、図5に示した免疫測定装置100の具体的構成例における状態確認方法について説明する。
(Immunoassay device status confirmation method)
Next, a state confirmation method in a specific configuration example of the immunoassay apparatus 100 illustrated in FIG. 5 will be described.
 以下の例において、管理試料20に含まれる標識物質21が酵素である。第2容器12内の標識物質21を検出する工程(b)は、酵素の基質を第2容器12に添加し、酵素反応により生じた反応産物から生じる信号を測定することにより行われる。 In the following example, the labeling substance 21 contained in the control sample 20 is an enzyme. The step (b) of detecting the labeling substance 21 in the second container 12 is performed by adding an enzyme substrate to the second container 12 and measuring a signal generated from a reaction product generated by the enzyme reaction.
 〈集磁機能の確認〉
 図12~図14を参照して、免疫測定装置100の集磁機能の確認を行う例を示す。図12~図14の例では、管理試料20は、標識物質21が結合した固相担体22を含み、固相担体22は磁性粒子である。固相担体22を集める処理は、磁性粒子を磁力源52により集磁する処理を含む。状態確認方法は、第2容器12内の標識物質21の検出結果に基づいて、磁力源52による集磁機能の異常を判定する工程を備える。これにより、標識物質21が結合した磁性粒子を集磁するため、第2容器12内の標識物質21の検出値に基づいて、磁力源52による集磁機能が正常であるか異常であるかを容易に判定できる。
<Confirmation of magnetism collecting function>
With reference to FIG. 12 to FIG. 14, an example in which the magnetism collecting function of the immunoassay apparatus 100 is confirmed will be shown. 12 to 14, the management sample 20 includes a solid phase carrier 22 to which a labeling substance 21 is bound, and the solid phase carrier 22 is a magnetic particle. The process of collecting the solid phase carrier 22 includes a process of collecting magnetic particles by the magnetic force source 52. The state confirmation method includes a step of determining abnormality of the magnetic flux collecting function by the magnetic source 52 based on the detection result of the labeling substance 21 in the second container 12. Thereby, in order to collect the magnetic particles to which the labeling substance 21 is bound, whether the magnetism collection function by the magnetic source 52 is normal or abnormal is determined based on the detection value of the labeling substance 21 in the second container 12. Easy to judge.
 具体的には、図11に示すように、判定部70が、標識物質21の検出値が基準値V1を上回る場合に、磁力源52による集磁機能の異常があると判定する。すなわち、標識物質21の検出値が基準値V1を上回る場合には、液相を第2容器12に移す際に磁性粒子を十分に集磁できていない可能性が高い。これにより、検出値と基準値V1との対比により、磁力源52による集磁機能を容易に判定できる。 Specifically, as shown in FIG. 11, when the detection value of the labeling substance 21 exceeds the reference value V1, the determination unit 70 determines that there is an abnormality in the magnetic collection function by the magnetic source 52. That is, when the detection value of the labeling substance 21 exceeds the reference value V1, there is a high possibility that the magnetic particles cannot be sufficiently collected when the liquid phase is transferred to the second container 12. Thereby, the magnetism collecting function by the magnetic source 52 can be easily determined by comparing the detected value with the reference value V1.
 集磁機能の確認を行う場合の基準値V1は、集磁されずに第2容器12に移される磁性粒子の許容上限量に相当する標識物質21の予想検出値である。これにより、許容上限量を超える量の磁性粒子が第2容器12に移されている場合に、磁力源52による集磁機能が異常であることを容易に判定できる。そのため、許容上限量を超えないことが確認されることにより、測定結果の信頼性を確保することができる。 The reference value V1 when confirming the magnetism collecting function is an expected detection value of the labeling substance 21 corresponding to the allowable upper limit amount of the magnetic particles that are transferred to the second container 12 without being magnetized. Thereby, when the amount of magnetic particles exceeding the allowable upper limit amount is transferred to the second container 12, it can be easily determined that the magnetic flux collecting function by the magnetic force source 52 is abnormal. Therefore, the reliability of the measurement result can be ensured by confirming that the allowable upper limit amount is not exceeded.
 (実施形態1)
 図12の例では、管理試料20は、被検物質81と結合せずに標識物質21と結合した第3固相担体23を含む。液相中には、標識物質21が実質的に含まれていない。第3固相担体23は、たとえば、予め標識物質21が固定された磁性粒子である。第3固相担体23は、被検物質81に対する結合能を有していない。すなわち、集磁機能の確認を行う場合の第3固相担体23は、上記検体の測定を行う場合のr5試薬に含まれる第1固相担体82a、およびr7試薬に含まれる第2固相担体82bとは別個に用意された精度管理試薬に含まれるものである。
(Embodiment 1)
In the example of FIG. 12, the management sample 20 includes a third solid phase carrier 23 that does not bind to the test substance 81 but binds to the labeling substance 21. In the liquid phase, the labeling substance 21 is not substantially contained. The third solid phase carrier 23 is, for example, a magnetic particle to which the labeling substance 21 is fixed in advance. The third solid phase carrier 23 does not have a binding ability to the test substance 81. That is, the third solid phase carrier 23 when confirming the magnetism collecting function is the first solid phase carrier 82a included in the r5 reagent when the sample is measured, and the second solid phase carrier included in the r7 reagent. It is included in the quality control reagent prepared separately from 82b.
 これにより、免疫測定装置100の状態確認のために専用の試薬として、被検物質81を含まない第3固相担体23を用いて、固相担体22を集める機能の確認を行うことができる。固相担体22が標識物質21だけでなく被検物質81とも結合させる場合、被検物質81の種類に応じて結合可能な固相担体22および標識物質21を複数種類用意するのに対して、被検物質81を含まない第3固相担体23では、被検物質81の種類によらずに免疫測定装置100の状態確認を行うことができる。そのため、免疫測定装置100の状態確認をより簡便に行うことができる。 Thus, the function of collecting the solid phase carrier 22 can be confirmed using the third solid phase carrier 23 not containing the test substance 81 as a dedicated reagent for checking the state of the immunoassay apparatus 100. When the solid phase carrier 22 is bound not only to the labeling substance 21 but also to the test substance 81, a plurality of types of solid phase carriers 22 and labeling substances 21 that can be bound according to the type of the test substance 81 are prepared. With the third solid phase carrier 23 not including the test substance 81, the state of the immunoassay apparatus 100 can be confirmed regardless of the type of the test substance 81. Therefore, the state of the immunoassay device 100 can be confirmed more easily.
 図12の例では、第1容器11内に、標識物質21と結合した第3固相担体23を含む管理試料20が収容される。管理試料20は、機構部50により、第1容器11に分注される。たとえば、管理試料20は、検体容器191と同様に所定の管理試料容器に収容された状態で、検体搬送部190にセットされ、検体分注部120により第1容器11に分注される。また、たとえば、管理試料20は、試薬容器155と同様に所定の管理試料容器に収容された状態で、試薬庫150にセットされ、試薬分注部130により第1容器11に分注される。 In the example of FIG. 12, the management sample 20 including the third solid phase carrier 23 bound to the labeling substance 21 is accommodated in the first container 11. The management sample 20 is dispensed into the first container 11 by the mechanism unit 50. For example, the control sample 20 is set in the sample transport unit 190 while being stored in a predetermined control sample container in the same manner as the sample container 191, and is dispensed into the first container 11 by the sample dispensing unit 120. Further, for example, the management sample 20 is set in the reagent storage 150 while being accommodated in a predetermined management sample container in the same manner as the reagent container 155, and is dispensed into the first container 11 by the reagent dispensing unit 130.
 管理試料20が収容された第1容器11内の液相を第2容器12に移す工程(a)の際に、第1容器11内の第3固相担体23が、磁力源52によって第1容器11内に集磁される。集磁された状態で、吸引管51により、第1容器11内の液相が吸引されて第2容器12内に分注される。第3固相担体23は、第1容器11内に集磁されたまま残される。 During the step (a) of transferring the liquid phase in the first container 11 containing the management sample 20 to the second container 12, the third solid phase carrier 23 in the first container 11 is Magnetized in the container 11. The liquid phase in the first container 11 is sucked and dispensed into the second container 12 by the suction pipe 51 in the state of being magnetized. The third solid phase carrier 23 remains collected in the first container 11.
 次に、検出部60により、液相が移された第2容器12内の標識物質21を検出する工程(b)が行われる。工程(b)により、標識物質21の存在量を示す検出値が取得される。 Next, a step (b) of detecting the labeling substance 21 in the second container 12 to which the liquid phase has been transferred is performed by the detection unit 60. By the step (b), a detection value indicating the abundance of the labeling substance 21 is acquired.
 図12の例では、図4に示したr1試薬、検体、r4試薬、r5試薬、r6試薬、r7試薬の分注動作をスキップすることができる。免疫測定装置100の分注動作をスキップしない場合、それぞれの試薬および検体に代えて、緩衝液などの抗原抗体反応を生じない代替液体を分注してもよい。また、図12の例では、図4に示した1次BF分離処理および2次BF分離処理がスキップされる。代替液体の分注を行う場合、BF分離も行ってもよい。図12では、図4に示したr6試薬の分注タイミングで、管理試料20の分注を行う例を示しているが、管理試料20は複合体転移処理の前であればどのタイミングで分注してもよい。 In the example of FIG. 12, the dispensing operation of the r1 reagent, the specimen, the r4 reagent, the r5 reagent, the r6 reagent, and the r7 reagent shown in FIG. 4 can be skipped. When the dispensing operation of the immunoassay apparatus 100 is not skipped, an alternative liquid that does not cause an antigen-antibody reaction, such as a buffer solution, may be dispensed instead of each reagent and sample. In the example of FIG. 12, the primary BF separation process and the secondary BF separation process shown in FIG. 4 are skipped. When dispensing the alternative liquid, BF separation may also be performed. FIG. 12 shows an example in which the management sample 20 is dispensed at the dispensing timing of the r6 reagent shown in FIG. 4, but the management sample 20 is dispensed at any timing before the complex transfer process. May be.
 (実施形態2)
 図13の例では、状態確認方法は、第1容器11内の液相を第2容器12に移す工程の前に、第1容器11内で、既知濃度の被検物質81を含む試料、被検物質81と結合する標識物質83、被検物質81と結合する捕捉物質86、および捕捉物質86と結合する固相担体82とを接触させる工程を備える。つまり、状態確認方法においても、検体を測定する場合と同様に、被検物質81を含む精度管理試料と、各種試薬とを第1容器11内に分注して、管理試料20を調製する。この結果、管理試料20は、被検物質81、標識物質83および捕捉物質86を含む免疫複合体84と結合した固相担体82を含む。つまり、図13は、免疫測定装置100の状態確認方法に用いる標識物質21および固相担体22として、実際の検体測定で用いる標識物質83および固相担体82を使用する例を示す。
(Embodiment 2)
In the example of FIG. 13, the state confirmation method includes a sample containing a test substance 81 having a known concentration in the first container 11, a sample containing the test substance 81 before the step of transferring the liquid phase in the first container 11 to the second container 12. A step of contacting a labeling substance 83 that binds to the test substance 81, a capture substance 86 that binds to the test substance 81, and a solid phase carrier 82 that binds to the capture substance 86; That is, also in the state confirmation method, as in the case of measuring the specimen, the quality control sample including the test substance 81 and various reagents are dispensed into the first container 11 to prepare the control sample 20. As a result, the management sample 20 includes the solid phase carrier 82 bound to the immune complex 84 including the test substance 81, the labeling substance 83, and the capture substance 86. That is, FIG. 13 shows an example in which the labeling substance 83 and the solid phase carrier 82 used in actual sample measurement are used as the labeling substance 21 and the solid phase carrier 22 used in the state confirmation method of the immunoassay apparatus 100.
 これにより、被検物質81を含む検体を実際に測定する場合と同様の処理工程によって、標識物質83が結合した固相担体82を第1容器11中に形成することができる。液相中には、標識物質83が実質的に含まれない。 Thereby, the solid phase carrier 82 to which the labeling substance 83 is bound can be formed in the first container 11 by the same processing steps as in the case of actually measuring the specimen including the test substance 81. In the liquid phase, the labeling substance 83 is substantially not contained.
 図13の例では、まず、第1容器11に標識物質83を含むr1試薬が分注される。次に、既知濃度の被検物質81を含む精度管理試料が分注される。次に、捕捉物質86を含むr4試薬が分注される。そして、第1固相担体82aを含むr5試薬が分注される。この結果、被検物質81、標識物質83および捕捉物質86を含む免疫複合体84と第1固相担体82aとが結合する。試薬の分注は試薬分注部130により行われ、精度管理試料の分注は検体分注部120により行われる。 In the example of FIG. 13, first, the r1 reagent containing the labeling substance 83 is dispensed into the first container 11. Next, a quality control sample containing a test substance 81 having a known concentration is dispensed. Next, the r4 reagent containing the capture substance 86 is dispensed. Then, the r5 reagent containing the first solid phase carrier 82a is dispensed. As a result, the immune complex 84 including the test substance 81, the labeling substance 83, and the capture substance 86 is bound to the first solid phase carrier 82a. Reagent dispensing is performed by the reagent dispensing unit 130, and dispensing of the quality control sample is performed by the sample dispensing unit 120.
 このように、図13の例では、管理試料20は、検体の測定時において複合体転移処理前に第1容器11に分注される第1固相担体82aを含む。つまり、管理試料20は、r5試薬に含まれる磁性粒子である第1固相担体82aを含む。これにより、被検物質81を含む検体を実際に測定する場合に分注される第1固相担体82aを用いて、標識物質83が結合した固相担体82を第1容器11中に形成することができる。すなわち、免疫測定装置100の状態確認のために専用の固相担体22を別途用意する必要がないので、免疫測定装置100の利便性を向上させることができる。 Thus, in the example of FIG. 13, the management sample 20 includes the first solid phase carrier 82a dispensed into the first container 11 before the complex transfer process at the time of measurement of the specimen. That is, the control sample 20 includes the first solid phase carrier 82a that is a magnetic particle contained in the r5 reagent. Thereby, the solid phase carrier 82 to which the labeling substance 83 is bound is formed in the first container 11 by using the first solid phase carrier 82a dispensed when the specimen including the test substance 81 is actually measured. be able to. That is, since it is not necessary to separately prepare a dedicated solid phase carrier 22 for confirming the state of the immunoassay device 100, the convenience of the immunoassay device 100 can be improved.
 次に、BF分離部170により1次BF分離処理が行われる。つまり、図13の例では、状態確認方法は、第1容器11内の液相を第2容器12に移す工程の前に、被検物質81、標識物質83、捕捉物質86を含む免疫複合体84と結合した固相担体82と、液相とを分離するBF分離を行う工程を備える。これにより、BF分離によって、固相担体82と結合しなかった液相中の標識物質83を、固相担体から分離して排除できる。そのため、第1容器11内の液相を第2容器12に移す工程において、液相中に標識物質83が混ざることを抑制できるので、免疫測定装置100の状態確認のための標識物質83の検出精度を向上させることができる。 Next, primary BF separation processing is performed by the BF separation unit 170. That is, in the example of FIG. 13, the state confirmation method includes an immune complex including the test substance 81, the labeling substance 83, and the capture substance 86 before the step of transferring the liquid phase in the first container 11 to the second container 12. And a step of performing BF separation for separating the solid phase carrier 82 bonded to 84 and the liquid phase. Thereby, the labeling substance 83 in the liquid phase that has not been bonded to the solid phase carrier 82 can be separated and removed from the solid phase carrier by BF separation. Therefore, in the step of transferring the liquid phase in the first container 11 to the second container 12, it is possible to prevent the labeling substance 83 from being mixed in the liquid phase, so that the detection of the labeling substance 83 for confirming the state of the immunoassay device 100 is detected. Accuracy can be improved.
 1次BF分離処理の後、試薬分注部130により、遊離試薬85を含まない液相25が第1容器11に分注される。つまり、検体の測定時には、複合体転移処理において、第1容器11に遊離試薬85が分注されることにより、免疫複合体84が固相担体22から遊離される。これに対して、図13の例では、状態確認方法は、BF分離を行う工程の後、第1容器11内の液相を第2容器12に移す工程の前に、遊離試薬85を含まない液相を第1容器11に分注する工程を備える。 After the primary BF separation process, the reagent phase dispensing unit 130 dispenses the liquid phase 25 that does not contain the free reagent 85 into the first container 11. That is, when the sample is measured, the immune complex 84 is released from the solid phase carrier 22 by dispensing the free reagent 85 into the first container 11 in the complex transfer process. On the other hand, in the example of FIG. 13, the state confirmation method does not include the free reagent 85 after the step of performing BF separation and before the step of transferring the liquid phase in the first container 11 to the second container 12. The liquid phase is dispensed into the first container 11.
 遊離試薬85を含まない液相25は、特に限定されないが、たとえば緩衝液である。これにより、実際の検体測定時に遊離試薬85を分注するのと同様の動作で、免疫測定装置100の状態確認が行われる。この場合、液相25は遊離試薬85を含まないので、標識物質83と固相担体82とは結合したままとなる。 The liquid phase 25 that does not contain the free reagent 85 is not particularly limited, but is, for example, a buffer solution. As a result, the state of the immunoassay device 100 is confirmed by the same operation as dispensing the free reagent 85 during actual sample measurement. In this case, since the liquid phase 25 does not contain the free reagent 85, the labeling substance 83 and the solid phase carrier 82 remain bonded.
 次に、複合体転移処理が行われる。管理試料20が収容された第1容器11内の液相を第2容器12に移す工程(a)の際に、第1容器11内の第1固相担体82aが、磁力源52によって第1容器11内に集磁される。集磁された状態で、吸引管51により、第1容器11内の液相が吸引されて第2容器12内に分注される。第1固相担体82aは、第1容器11内に集磁されたまま残される。第1固相担体82aには、免疫複合体84が結合したままとなるため、第2容器12には、標識物質83を含まない液相が移される。 Next, a complex transfer process is performed. During the step (a) of transferring the liquid phase in the first container 11 containing the management sample 20 to the second container 12, the first solid phase carrier 82 a in the first container 11 is Magnetized in the container 11. The liquid phase in the first container 11 is sucked and dispensed into the second container 12 by the suction pipe 51 in the state of being magnetized. The first solid phase carrier 82a is left magnetized in the first container 11. Since the immune complex 84 remains bound to the first solid phase carrier 82a, the liquid phase not containing the labeling substance 83 is transferred to the second container 12.
 次に、試薬分注部130により、液相が移された第2容器12中に、第2固相担体82bを含むr7試薬が分注される。そして、BF分離部170により、第2容器12中の管理試料に対して、2次BF分離処理が行われる。次に、R4試薬分注部134およびR5試薬分注部135により、第2容器12中に、緩衝液を含むR4試薬および基質を含むR5試薬が分注される。 Next, the reagent dispensing unit 130 dispenses the r7 reagent including the second solid phase carrier 82b into the second container 12 to which the liquid phase has been transferred. Then, the BF separation unit 170 performs a secondary BF separation process on the control sample in the second container 12. Next, the R4 reagent dispensing unit 134 and the R5 reagent dispensing unit 135 dispense the R4 reagent containing the buffer solution and the R5 reagent containing the substrate into the second container 12.
 次に、検出部60により、液相が移された第2容器12内の標識物質21を検出する工程(b)が行われる。工程(b)により、標識物質21の存在量を示す検出値が取得される。 Next, a step (b) of detecting the labeling substance 21 in the second container 12 to which the liquid phase has been transferred is performed by the detection unit 60. By the step (b), a detection value indicating the abundance of the labeling substance 21 is acquired.
 (実施形態3)
 図14の例は、基本的に図13に示した例と同様であるが、標識物質83に結合させる固相担体82が異なる。また、図14の例では、図13の例とは試薬の分注順序が異なる。
(Embodiment 3)
The example of FIG. 14 is basically the same as the example shown in FIG. 13, but the solid phase carrier 82 to be bound to the labeling substance 83 is different. In the example of FIG. 14, the reagent dispensing order is different from the example of FIG.
 図14の例においても、状態確認方法は、第1容器11内の液相を第2容器12に移す工程の前に、第1容器11内で、既知濃度の被検物質81を含む試料、被検物質81と結合する標識物質83、被検物質81と結合する捕捉物質86、および捕捉物質86と結合する固相担体82とを接触させる工程を備える。 Also in the example of FIG. 14, the state confirmation method includes a sample containing a test substance 81 having a known concentration in the first container 11 before the step of transferring the liquid phase in the first container 11 to the second container 12. A step of contacting a labeling substance 83 that binds to the test substance 81, a capture substance 86 that binds to the test substance 81, and a solid phase carrier 82 that binds to the capture substance 86;
 図14の例では、まず、第1容器11に捕捉物質86を含むr4試薬が分注される。次に、既知濃度の被検物質81を含む精度管理試料が分注される。次に、第1容器11に標識物質83を含むr1試薬が分注される。そして、第2固相担体82bを含むr7試薬が分注される。この結果、被検物質81、標識物質83および捕捉物質86を含む免疫複合体84と第2固相担体82bとが結合する。試薬の分注は、試薬分注部130により行われ、精度管理試料の分注は検体分注部120により行われる。 In the example of FIG. 14, first, the r4 reagent containing the capture substance 86 is dispensed into the first container 11. Next, a quality control sample containing a test substance 81 having a known concentration is dispensed. Next, the r1 reagent containing the labeling substance 83 is dispensed into the first container 11. Then, the r7 reagent containing the second solid phase carrier 82b is dispensed. As a result, the immune complex 84 including the test substance 81, the labeling substance 83, and the capture substance 86 is bound to the second solid phase carrier 82b. Reagent dispensing is performed by the reagent dispensing unit 130, and dispensing of the quality control sample is performed by the sample dispensing unit 120.
 このように、図14の例では、管理試料20は、検体の測定時において複合体転移処理後に第2容器12に分注される第2固相担体82bを含む。つまり、管理試料20は、r7試薬に含まれる磁性粒子である第2固相担体82bを含む。これにより、被検物質81を含む検体を実際に測定する場合に分注される第2固相担体82bを用いて、標識物質21が結合した固相担体82を第1容器11中に形成することができる。すなわち、免疫測定装置100の状態確認のために専用の固相担体22を別途用意する必要がないので、免疫測定装置100の利便性を向上させることができる。 As described above, in the example of FIG. 14, the management sample 20 includes the second solid phase carrier 82b to be dispensed into the second container 12 after the complex transfer process at the time of measurement of the specimen. That is, the management sample 20 includes the second solid phase carrier 82b that is a magnetic particle included in the r7 reagent. Thereby, the solid phase carrier 82 to which the labeling substance 21 is bound is formed in the first container 11 by using the second solid phase carrier 82b dispensed when the specimen including the test substance 81 is actually measured. be able to. That is, since it is not necessary to separately prepare a dedicated solid phase carrier 22 for confirming the state of the immunoassay device 100, the convenience of the immunoassay device 100 can be improved.
 次に、BF分離部170により、1次BF分離処理が行われる。状態確認方法は、第1容器11内の液相を第2容器12に移す工程の前に、被検物質81、標識物質83、捕捉物質86を含む免疫複合体84と結合した固相担体82と、液相とを分離するBF分離を行う工程を備える。 Next, primary BF separation processing is performed by the BF separation unit 170. In the state confirmation method, before the step of transferring the liquid phase in the first container 11 to the second container 12, the solid phase carrier 82 bound to the immune complex 84 including the test substance 81, the labeling substance 83, and the capture substance 86. And a step of performing BF separation for separating the liquid phase.
 1次BF分離処理の後、遊離試薬85を含まない液相25が第1容器11に分注される。状態確認方法は、BF分離を行う工程の後、第1容器11内の液相を第2容器12に移す工程の前に、遊離試薬85を含まない液相25を第1容器11に分注する工程を備える。遊離試薬85を含まない液相25は、たとえば緩衝液である。液相25は遊離試薬85を含まないので、標識物質83と固相担体82とは結合したままとなる。 After the primary BF separation process, the liquid phase 25 not containing the free reagent 85 is dispensed into the first container 11. In the state confirmation method, after the step of performing BF separation, before the step of transferring the liquid phase in the first container 11 to the second container 12, the liquid phase 25 that does not contain the free reagent 85 is dispensed into the first container 11. The process of carrying out is provided. The liquid phase 25 not containing the free reagent 85 is, for example, a buffer solution. Since the liquid phase 25 does not contain the free reagent 85, the labeling substance 83 and the solid phase carrier 82 remain bonded.
 次に、複合体転移処理が行われる。管理試料20が収容された第1容器11内の液相を第2容器12に移す工程(a)の際に、第1容器11内の第2固相担体82bが、磁力源52によって第1容器11内に集磁される。集磁された状態で、吸引管51により、第1容器11内の液相が吸引されて第2容器12内に分注される。第2固相担体82bは、第1容器11内に集磁されたまま残される。第2固相担体82bには、免疫複合体84が結合したままとなるため、第2容器12には、標識物質83を含まない液相が移される。 Next, a complex transfer process is performed. During the step (a) of transferring the liquid phase in the first container 11 containing the control sample 20 to the second container 12, the second solid phase carrier 82 b in the first container 11 is Magnetized in the container 11. The liquid phase in the first container 11 is sucked and dispensed into the second container 12 by the suction pipe 51 in the state of being magnetized. The second solid phase carrier 82b is left magnetized in the first container 11. Since the immune complex 84 remains bound to the second solid phase carrier 82b, the liquid phase not containing the labeling substance 83 is transferred to the second container 12.
 次に、試薬分注部130により、液相が移された第2容器12中に、第2固相担体82bを含むr7試薬が分注される。このように、図14の例では、第2固相担体82bを含むr7試薬が複合体転移処理の前および後にそれぞれ分注される。そして、BF分離部170により、第2容器12中の管理試料に対して、2次BF分離処理が行われる。次に、R4試薬分注部134およびR5試薬分注部135により、第2容器12中に、緩衝液を含むR4試薬および基質を含むR5試薬が分注される。 Next, the reagent dispensing unit 130 dispenses the r7 reagent including the second solid phase carrier 82b into the second container 12 to which the liquid phase has been transferred. Thus, in the example of FIG. 14, the r7 reagent including the second solid phase carrier 82b is dispensed before and after the complex transfer treatment. Then, the BF separation unit 170 performs a secondary BF separation process on the control sample in the second container 12. Next, the R4 reagent dispensing unit 134 and the R5 reagent dispensing unit 135 dispense the R4 reagent containing the buffer solution and the R5 reagent containing the substrate into the second container 12.
 次に、検出部60により、液相が移された第2容器12内の標識物質83を検出する工程(b)が行われる。工程(b)により、標識物質83の存在量を示す検出値が取得される。 Next, a step (b) of detecting the labeling substance 83 in the second container 12 to which the liquid phase has been transferred is performed by the detection unit 60. By the step (b), a detection value indicating the abundance of the labeling substance 83 is acquired.
 このように、図13および図14に示した例では、機構部50は、被検物質81を含む検体を分注するための検体分注部120と、標識物質83を含む標識試薬(r1試薬)、および固相担体82を含む固相試薬(r5試薬またはr7試薬)とを分注するための試薬分注部130と、を含み、第1容器11内に管理試料20を調製するように構成されている。これにより、免疫測定装置100のユーザやサービススタッフが事前に管理試料20を第1容器11に準備しておかなくても、免疫測定装置100によって容易に、管理試料20を第1容器11に収容させることができる。 As described above, in the example shown in FIGS. 13 and 14, the mechanism unit 50 includes the sample dispensing unit 120 for dispensing the sample including the test substance 81 and the labeling reagent (r1 reagent including the labeling substance 83). And a reagent dispensing unit 130 for dispensing a solid phase reagent (r5 reagent or r7 reagent) including the solid phase carrier 82, and the management sample 20 is prepared in the first container 11. It is configured. Thereby, even if the user or service staff of the immunoassay apparatus 100 does not prepare the management sample 20 in the first container 11 in advance, the management sample 20 is easily accommodated in the first container 11 by the immunoassay apparatus 100. Can be made.
 また、図13および図14に示した例では、試薬分注部130は、検体の測定を行う場合には、免疫複合体84を固相担体82から遊離させる遊離試薬85を第1容器11に分注し、第1容器11内の液相を第2容器12に移す処理における異常を判定する場合には、遊離試薬85に代えて遊離試薬85を含まない液相25を分注する。これにより、被検物質81を含む検体を実際に測定する場合に分注される遊離試薬85に代えて、遊離試薬85を含まない液相を分注するので、実際の検体測定時に遊離試薬85を分注するのと同様の動作で、免疫測定装置100の状態確認を行える。そして、その場合でも、標識物質21が固相担体22との結合が解消されることがないので、固相担体22の集磁機能の確認を適切に行える。 In the example shown in FIGS. 13 and 14, the reagent dispensing unit 130 provides the first container 11 with a free reagent 85 that releases the immune complex 84 from the solid phase carrier 82 when measuring the sample. When determining an abnormality in the process of dispensing and transferring the liquid phase in the first container 11 to the second container 12, the liquid phase 25 not containing the free reagent 85 is dispensed instead of the free reagent 85. Thereby, in place of the free reagent 85 that is dispensed when the specimen containing the test substance 81 is actually measured, the liquid phase that does not contain the free reagent 85 is dispensed, so that the free reagent 85 is measured during the actual specimen measurement. The state of the immunoassay device 100 can be confirmed by the same operation as that of dispensing. Even in this case, since the binding of the labeling substance 21 to the solid phase carrier 22 is not eliminated, the magnetic flux collecting function of the solid phase carrier 22 can be appropriately confirmed.
 また、図13および図14に示した例では、機構部50は、被検物質81、標識物質83を含む免疫複合体84と結合した固相担体82と、液相とを分離するBF分離部170を含み、BF分離部170は、第1容器11内の管理試料20に対するBF分離を行う。つまり、BF分離部170が1次BF分離処理を行う。これにより、BF分離によって、固相担体82と結合しなかった液相中の標識物質83を、固相担体82から分離して排除できる。そのため、第1容器11内の液相を第2容器12に移す工程において、液相中に標識物質83が混ざることを抑制できるので、免疫測定装置100の状態確認のための標識物質83の検出精度を向上させることができる。 In the example shown in FIGS. 13 and 14, the mechanism unit 50 includes a BF separation unit that separates the solid phase carrier 82 bound to the immune complex 84 including the test substance 81 and the labeling substance 83 from the liquid phase. 170, the BF separation unit 170 performs BF separation on the control sample 20 in the first container 11. That is, the BF separation unit 170 performs the primary BF separation process. Thereby, the labeling substance 83 in the liquid phase that has not been bonded to the solid phase carrier 82 can be separated from the solid phase carrier 82 and eliminated by BF separation. Therefore, in the step of transferring the liquid phase in the first container 11 to the second container 12, it is possible to prevent the labeling substance 83 from being mixed in the liquid phase, so that the detection of the labeling substance 83 for confirming the state of the immunoassay device 100 is detected. Accuracy can be improved.
 〈集磁機能を判定する工程〉
 上記の通り、図12~図14に示した実施形態1~実施形態3の例では、管理試料20中の固相担体22に標識物質21を結合させ、第1容器11中で集磁する処理によって、液相を第2容器12に移す工程(a)後に標識物質21が固相担体22とともに第1容器11中に残される。そのため、実施形態1~実施形態3の例では、集磁機能が正常である場合、工程(b)による検出結果として、実質的に標識物質21を含まないブランク試料に対して測定を行った場合と同程度の検出値が取得される。より正確には、集磁機能が正常である場合であっても、第1容器11中の固相担体22を全て集磁できるわけではないので、第1容器11中の固相担体22のごく一部は、液相と共に第2容器12に持ち越される。そのため、集磁機能には、仕様上の固相担体22の許容持越量が設定される。許容持越量は、検出結果に影響を与えない範囲のばらつきとして設定される。集磁機能が正常であるか否かを判定するための基準値V1(図11参照)として、ブランク試料を測定した場合の予想検出値に対して、許容持越量の上限範囲を加えた値が設定される。取得された検出値が基準値V1を下回る場合、集磁機能が正常であると判定される。
<Process for judging magnetism collecting function>
As described above, in the examples of Embodiments 1 to 3 shown in FIGS. 12 to 14, the labeling substance 21 is bound to the solid phase carrier 22 in the control sample 20, and the magnetism is collected in the first container 11. Thus, the labeling substance 21 is left in the first container 11 together with the solid phase carrier 22 after the step (a) of transferring the liquid phase to the second container 12. Therefore, in the examples of Embodiments 1 to 3, when the magnetic flux collecting function is normal, as a detection result in the step (b), measurement is performed on a blank sample that does not substantially contain the labeling substance 21. A detection value of the same level as is acquired. More precisely, even if the magnetism collecting function is normal, not all the solid phase carriers 22 in the first container 11 can be magnetized, so that the solid phase carriers 22 in the first container 11 are very small. A part is carried over to the 2nd container 12 with a liquid phase. Therefore, the allowable carryover amount of the solid phase carrier 22 in the specification is set for the magnetism collecting function. The allowable carryover amount is set as a variation in a range that does not affect the detection result. As a reference value V1 (see FIG. 11) for determining whether or not the magnetic flux collecting function is normal, a value obtained by adding an upper limit range of the allowable carryover amount to an expected detection value when a blank sample is measured. Is set. When the acquired detection value is lower than the reference value V1, it is determined that the magnetism collecting function is normal.
 一方、集磁機能が異常である場合、たとえば固相担体22が集磁できずに第1容器11の液相中に分散する状態となる場合、工程(a)によって標識物質21と結合した固相担体22が液相と共に第2容器12に移されることになる。その結果、実施形態1~実施形態3の例では、集磁機能が異常である場合、工程(b)による検出結果として、許容持越量の上限を超えて検出値が有意に上昇する。そのため、取得された検出値が基準値V1を以上となる場合、集磁機能が異常であると判定される。 On the other hand, when the magnetism collecting function is abnormal, for example, when the solid phase carrier 22 cannot be magnetized and is dispersed in the liquid phase of the first container 11, the solid substance bonded to the labeling substance 21 in step (a) The phase carrier 22 is transferred to the second container 12 together with the liquid phase. As a result, in the examples of the first to third embodiments, when the magnetic flux collecting function is abnormal, the detection value significantly increases as the detection result in the step (b) exceeds the upper limit of the allowable carryover amount. Therefore, when the acquired detection value becomes the reference value V1 or more, it is determined that the magnetism collecting function is abnormal.
 (実施例1)
 図15は、集磁機能の判定処理の効果確認のために行った実施例1の実験条件を示し、図16は、実施例1による実験結果を示す。実施例1は、図14に示した実施形態3の手順を、免疫測定装置100により実施したものである。
Example 1
FIG. 15 shows experimental conditions of Example 1 performed for confirming the effect of the magnetic flux collecting function determination process, and FIG. 16 shows experimental results of Example 1. FIG. In Example 1, the procedure of Embodiment 3 shown in FIG.
 図15の比較例は、実施例1と対比するため、図4に示した測定時の各処理工程を列記している。図15に示すように、実施例1では、r4試薬としてHISCL HBsAg R1試薬(シスメックス社製)を用い、精度管理試料としてHISCL HBsAgキャリブレータC4(シスメックス社製)を用い、r1試薬としてHISCL HBsAg R3試薬(シスメックス社製)を用い、r7試薬としてHISCL HBsAg R2試薬(シスメックス社製)を用い、遊離試薬85を含まない液相25としてHISCL 洗浄液(シスメックス社製)を用い、R4試薬としてHISCL R4試薬(シスメックス社製)を用い、R5試薬としてHISCL R5試薬(シスメックス社製)を用いた。分注量は図15に示した通りである。 In the comparative example of FIG. 15, in order to contrast with Example 1, each processing step at the time of measurement shown in FIG. 4 is listed. As shown in FIG. 15, in Example 1, the HISCL HBsAg R1 reagent (manufactured by Sysmex) was used as the r4 reagent, the HISCL HBsAg calibrator C4 (manufactured by Sysmex) was used as the quality control sample, and the HISCL HBsAg R3 reagent was used as the r1 reagent. (Manufactured by Sysmex Corporation), HICL CLB4 reagent (manufactured by Sysmex Corporation) as the R7 reagent, HISCL HBsAg R2 reagent (manufactured by Sysmex Corporation) as the r7 reagent, HICL CL wash solution (manufactured by Sysmex Corporation) as the liquid phase 25 not containing the free reagent 85 HISCL R5 reagent (manufactured by Sysmex Corporation) was used as the R5 reagent. The amount dispensed is as shown in FIG.
 図16に示すように、実施例1では、集磁機能の正常状態と異常状態とを比較するため、磁力源52による集磁を行う場合(磁石あり)と、磁力源52による集磁を行わない場合(磁石なし)と、についてそれぞれ図15の手順で実験を行った。実験は、それぞれ20回実施し、検出値の平均値、標準偏差(SD)、変動係数(C.V.)、最大値、最小値、レンジ(最大値と最小値との差分)を取得した。検出値は、検出部60の光検出器61で取得された光子のカウント数である。 As shown in FIG. 16, in Example 1, in order to compare the normal state and the abnormal state of the magnetic flux collection function, when magnetic flux collection is performed (with magnets), magnetic flux collection is performed using the magnetic force source 52. The experiment was performed in the case of no (no magnet) and the procedure of FIG. Each experiment was performed 20 times, and the average value, standard deviation (SD), coefficient of variation (C.V.), maximum value, minimum value, and range (difference between the maximum value and the minimum value) of the detected values were obtained. . The detection value is a count number of photons acquired by the photodetector 61 of the detection unit 60.
 図16から、正常(磁石あり)では、約1000カウント~約2000カウントの範囲で検出値が取得され、異常(磁石なし)では、約1600万カウント~約1900万カウントの範囲で検出値が取得された。正常(磁石あり)の検出値は、概ねブランク試料を測定した場合の測定値と一致する。異常(磁石なし)の検出値は、精度管理試料を図4に示した処理工程で測定した場合の検出値と概ね一致する。正常(磁石あり)と異常(磁石なし)とでは、検出値に約1万倍程度の差がある。実施例1から、正常状態での磁性粒子の持越量や、免疫測定装置の経年変化による検出値の変動などを考慮しても、検出値の正常範囲と異常範囲とを明確に区分することが可能であり、判定を行うための基準値V1を適切に設定することにより、複合体転移処理における集磁機能の正常と異常とを判定できることが確認された。 From FIG. 16, the detection value is acquired in the range of about 1000 counts to about 2000 counts in normal (with magnets), and the detection value is acquired in the range of about 16 million counts to about 19 million counts in the abnormal (without magnets). It was done. The detection value of normal (with a magnet) is approximately the same as the measurement value when a blank sample is measured. The detected value of the abnormality (no magnet) substantially matches the detected value when the quality control sample is measured in the processing step shown in FIG. There is a difference of about 10,000 times in the detected value between normal (with magnet) and abnormal (without magnet). From Example 1, it is possible to clearly distinguish the normal range and the abnormal range of the detected value even in consideration of the carry-over amount of the magnetic particles in the normal state and the fluctuation of the detected value due to the secular change of the immunoassay device. It was confirmed that it was possible to determine normality and abnormality of the magnetic flux collecting function in the complex transition process by appropriately setting the reference value V1 for determination.
 〈分注機能の確認〉
 図18および図19を参照して、免疫測定装置100の分注機能の確認を行う例を示す。図18および図19の例では、管理試料20は、標識物質21が溶解した溶液を含む。すなわち、管理試料20中で、標識物質21が固相と結合するのではなく、液相として存在する。この場合、第1容器11中で標識物質21が液相として存在するので、たとえば標識物質21の検出値が上昇しない場合には、液相を第2容器12に移す際に、第1容器11から液相を適切に移せていない可能性が高い。そのため、複合体転移処理における第1容器11内の液相を第2容器12に移す機能が正常か否かを容易に確認できる。
<Confirmation of dispensing function>
With reference to FIG. 18 and FIG. 19, the example which confirms the dispensing function of the immunoassay apparatus 100 is shown. In the example of FIGS. 18 and 19, the management sample 20 includes a solution in which the labeling substance 21 is dissolved. That is, in the control sample 20, the labeling substance 21 does not bind to the solid phase but exists as a liquid phase. In this case, since the labeling substance 21 exists in the first container 11 as the liquid phase, for example, when the detection value of the labeling substance 21 does not increase, the first container 11 is transferred when the liquid phase is transferred to the second container 12. The liquid phase may not be transferred properly. Therefore, it can be easily confirmed whether or not the function of transferring the liquid phase in the first container 11 to the second container 12 in the complex transfer process is normal.
 具体的には、図18および図19の例では、第1容器11内の液相を第2容器12に移す工程(a)は、第1容器11内の液相を吸引し、吸引した液相を第2容器12に吐出する分注処理を含む。そして、状態確認方法は、第2容器12内の標識物質21の検出結果に基づいて、分注機能の異常を判定する工程を備える。これにより、標識物質21の検出値に基づいて、液相の吸引および液相の吐出を行う分注機能が正常であるか異常であるかを容易に判定できる。 Specifically, in the example of FIGS. 18 and 19, in the step (a) of transferring the liquid phase in the first container 11 to the second container 12, the liquid phase in the first container 11 is sucked and sucked liquid. A dispensing process for discharging the phase to the second container 12 is included. The state confirmation method includes a step of determining an abnormality in the dispensing function based on the detection result of the labeling substance 21 in the second container 12. Thereby, based on the detected value of the labeling substance 21, it can be easily determined whether the dispensing function for sucking the liquid phase and discharging the liquid phase is normal or abnormal.
 分注機能の判定は、図17に示すように、標識物質21の検出値が基準値V2を下回る場合に、分注機能の異常があると判定する。これにより、標識物質21の検出値が基準値V2を下回る場合には、第1容器11から第2容器12に、標識物質21を含む液相を適切に移せていない可能性が高いため、検出値と基準値V2との対比により、分注機能を容易に判定できる。 The determination of the dispensing function determines that there is an abnormality in the dispensing function when the detected value of the labeling substance 21 is below the reference value V2, as shown in FIG. Thereby, when the detection value of the labeling substance 21 is lower than the reference value V2, it is highly likely that the liquid phase containing the labeling substance 21 is not properly transferred from the first container 11 to the second container 12. The dispensing function can be easily determined by comparing the value with the reference value V2.
 分注機能の判定を行うための基準値V2は、管理試料20に含まれる標識物質21の予想検出値の許容限度として設定された値である。これにより、標識物質21を含む液相を第2容器12に移す工程を実行しても検出値が基準値V2を下回る場合に、分注機能が異常であることを容易に判定できる。そのため、検出値が基準値V2を上回ることが確認されることにより、測定結果の信頼性を確保することができる。 The reference value V2 for determining the dispensing function is a value set as an allowable limit of the expected detection value of the labeling substance 21 included in the control sample 20. Thereby, even if it performs the process of moving the liquid phase containing the labeling substance 21 to the 2nd container 12, when a detected value is less than the reference value V2, it can determine easily that a dispensing function is abnormal. Therefore, the reliability of the measurement result can be ensured by confirming that the detected value exceeds the reference value V2.
 (実施形態4)
 図18の例では、検体の測定時に用いる標識物質83とは別の標識物質を、分注機能の確認を行うための標識物質21として用いる例である。すなわち、図18の例では、分注機能の確認を行うための標識物質21は、上記検体の測定を行う場合のr1試薬に含まれる標識物質83とは別個に用意された精度管理用試薬に含まれるものである。
(Embodiment 4)
In the example of FIG. 18, a labeling substance different from the labeling substance 83 used at the time of measuring the sample is used as the labeling substance 21 for confirming the dispensing function. That is, in the example of FIG. 18, the labeling substance 21 for confirming the dispensing function is a quality control reagent prepared separately from the labeling substance 83 included in the r1 reagent when measuring the sample. It is included.
 図18の例では、第1容器11内に、液相中に標識物質21が溶解した管理試料20が収容される。標識物質21は、固相に結合しない状態で、液相として第1容器11中に収容される。管理試料20は、機構部50により、第1容器11に分注される。たとえば、管理試料20は、検体容器191と同様に所定の管理試料容器に収容された状態で、検体搬送部190にセットされ、検体分注部120により第1容器11に分注される。また、たとえば、管理試料20は、試薬容器155と同様に所定の管理試料容器に収容された状態で、試薬庫150にセットされ、試薬分注部130により第1容器11に分注される。 In the example of FIG. 18, the management sample 20 in which the labeling substance 21 is dissolved in the liquid phase is accommodated in the first container 11. The labeling substance 21 is accommodated in the first container 11 as a liquid phase without being bound to the solid phase. The management sample 20 is dispensed into the first container 11 by the mechanism unit 50. For example, the control sample 20 is set in the sample transport unit 190 while being stored in a predetermined control sample container in the same manner as the sample container 191, and is dispensed into the first container 11 by the sample dispensing unit 120. Further, for example, the management sample 20 is set in the reagent storage 150 while being accommodated in a predetermined management sample container in the same manner as the reagent container 155, and is dispensed into the first container 11 by the reagent dispensing unit 130.
 なお、図18の例では、r1試薬、r4試薬、r5試薬、r6試薬の分注は、スキップされるか、または緩衝液などに代替されて分注される。図18の例では、1次BF分離処理がスキップされる。代替液体の分注が行われる場合、1次BF分離処理が行われてもよい。 In the example of FIG. 18, the dispensing of the r1 reagent, the r4 reagent, the r5 reagent, and the r6 reagent is skipped or dispensed with a buffer solution or the like. In the example of FIG. 18, the primary BF separation process is skipped. When the alternative liquid is dispensed, a primary BF separation process may be performed.
 次に、管理試料20が収容された第1容器11内の液相を第2容器12に移す工程(a)において、吸引管51により、第1容器11内の液相が吸引されて第2容器12内に分注される。 Next, in the step (a) of transferring the liquid phase in the first container 11 in which the control sample 20 is accommodated to the second container 12, the liquid phase in the first container 11 is sucked by the suction tube 51 and the second phase is moved. It is dispensed into the container 12.
 図18の例では、複合体転移処理後のr7試薬の分注は、スキップされるか、または緩衝液や洗浄液などに代替されて分注される。図18の例では、2次BF分離処理がスキップされる。標識物質21が酵素標識である場合、酵素に対応した基質がR5試薬として分注される。 In the example of FIG. 18, the dispensing of the r7 reagent after the complex transfer treatment is skipped or dispensed with a buffer solution or a washing solution. In the example of FIG. 18, the secondary BF separation process is skipped. When the labeling substance 21 is an enzyme label, a substrate corresponding to the enzyme is dispensed as the R5 reagent.
 次に、検出部60により、液相が移された第2容器12内の標識物質21を検出する工程(b)が行われる。工程(b)により、標識物質21の存在量を示す検出値が取得される。 Next, a step (b) of detecting the labeling substance 21 in the second container 12 to which the liquid phase has been transferred is performed by the detection unit 60. By the step (b), a detection value indicating the abundance of the labeling substance 21 is acquired.
 図18の例では、図4に示したr6試薬の分注タイミングで、管理試料20の分注を行う例を示しているが、管理試料20は複合体転移処理の前であればどのタイミングで分注してもよい。 In the example of FIG. 18, an example in which the management sample 20 is dispensed at the r6 reagent dispensing timing shown in FIG. 4 is shown, but at any timing the management sample 20 is before the complex transfer process. You may dispense.
 (実施形態5)
 図19の例では、検体の測定時に用いる標識物質83と同じ標識物質を、分注機能の確認を行うための標識物質21として用いる例である。すなわち、図19の例では、管理試料20は、検体の測定時において第1容器11に分注されるr1試薬の標識物質83を含む。これにより、被検物質81を含む検体を実際に測定する場合に分注される標識物質83を用いて、第1容器11内の液相を第2容器12に移す機能が正常か否かを確認できる。すなわち、免疫測定装置100の状態確認のために専用の標識物質83を別途用意する必要がないので、免疫測定装置100の利便性を向上させることができる。
(Embodiment 5)
The example of FIG. 19 is an example in which the same labeling substance as the labeling substance 83 used when measuring the specimen is used as the labeling substance 21 for confirming the dispensing function. That is, in the example of FIG. 19, the management sample 20 includes the labeling substance 83 of the r1 reagent dispensed into the first container 11 when the specimen is measured. Accordingly, whether or not the function of transferring the liquid phase in the first container 11 to the second container 12 is normal using the labeling substance 83 dispensed when the specimen including the test substance 81 is actually measured. I can confirm. That is, it is not necessary to separately prepare a dedicated labeling substance 83 for confirming the state of the immunoassay device 100, so that the convenience of the immunoassay device 100 can be improved.
 図19の例では、第1容器11内に、液相中に標識物質83が溶解した管理試料が収容される。標識物質83は、固相に結合しない状態で、液相として第1容器11中に収容される。標識物質83を含むr1試薬は、試薬庫150にセットされた試薬容器155から試薬分注部130により吸引され、第1容器11に分注される。 In the example of FIG. 19, a management sample in which the labeling substance 83 is dissolved in the liquid phase is accommodated in the first container 11. The labeling substance 83 is accommodated in the first container 11 as a liquid phase without being bound to the solid phase. The r1 reagent containing the labeling substance 83 is aspirated from the reagent container 155 set in the reagent container 150 by the reagent dispensing unit 130 and dispensed into the first container 11.
 図19の例では、図4に示したr1試薬および検体の分注タイミングで、緩衝液を代替液体として分注する例を示している。r4試薬、r5試薬、r6試薬の分注は、スキップされる。緩衝液の分注もスキップしてもよく、その場合、管理試料20がr1試薬そのものであってよい。図19の例では、図4に示したr6試薬の分注タイミングで、r1試薬の分注を行う例を示しているが、r1試薬は複合体転移処理の前であればどのタイミングで分注してもよい。r1試薬の分注後は、1次BF分離処理がスキップされる。 19 shows an example in which the buffer solution is dispensed as an alternative liquid at the dispensing timing of the r1 reagent and the specimen shown in FIG. Dispensing of the r4 reagent, r5 reagent, and r6 reagent is skipped. Dispensing of the buffer solution may be skipped, and in this case, the control sample 20 may be the r1 reagent itself. The example of FIG. 19 shows an example in which the r1 reagent is dispensed at the r6 reagent dispensing timing shown in FIG. 4, but at any timing the r1 reagent is dispensed before the complex transfer treatment. May be. After dispensing the r1 reagent, the primary BF separation process is skipped.
 次に、管理試料20が収容された第1容器11内の液相を第2容器12に移す工程(a)において、吸引管51により、第1容器11内の液相が吸引されて第2容器12内に分注される。 Next, in the step (a) of transferring the liquid phase in the first container 11 in which the control sample 20 is accommodated to the second container 12, the liquid phase in the first container 11 is sucked by the suction tube 51 and the second phase is moved. It is dispensed into the container 12.
 図19の例では、複合体転移処理後のr7試薬の分注は、スキップされるか、または緩衝液などに代替されて分注される。図19の例では、2次BF分離処理がスキップされる。図19の例では、R4試薬およびR5試薬が第2容器12に分注される。 In the example of FIG. 19, the dispensing of the r7 reagent after the complex transfer treatment is skipped or dispensed with a buffer solution or the like. In the example of FIG. 19, the secondary BF separation process is skipped. In the example of FIG. 19, the R4 reagent and the R5 reagent are dispensed into the second container 12.
 次に、検出部60により、液相が移された第2容器12内の標識物質83を検出する工程(b)が行われる。工程(b)により、標識物質83の存在量を示す検出値が取得される。 Next, a step (b) of detecting the labeling substance 83 in the second container 12 to which the liquid phase has been transferred is performed by the detection unit 60. By the step (b), a detection value indicating the abundance of the labeling substance 83 is acquired.
 (実施例2)
 図20は、分注機能の判定が可能か否かを確認するために行った実施例2の実験条件を示し、図21は、実施例2による実験結果を示す。実施例2は、図19に示した実施形態5の手順を、免疫測定装置100により実施したものである。図20の比較例は、実施例2と対比するため、図4に示した測定時の各処理工程を列記している。
(Example 2)
FIG. 20 shows the experimental conditions of Example 2 performed to confirm whether the dispensing function can be determined, and FIG. 21 shows the experimental results of Example 2. In Example 2, the procedure of the fifth embodiment shown in FIG. For comparison with Example 2, the comparative example of FIG. 20 lists each processing step at the time of measurement shown in FIG.
 図20に示すように、実施例2では、測定時のr6試薬の分注タイミングで、標識物質83を含むr1試薬としてHISCL HBsAg R3試薬(シスメックス社製)を分注した。複合体転移処理後の2次BF分離処理はスキップした。R4試薬としてHISCL R4試薬(シスメックス社製)を用い、R5試薬としてHISCL R5試薬(シスメックス社製)を用いた。 As shown in FIG. 20, in Example 2, the HISCL HBsAg R3 reagent (manufactured by Sysmex Corporation) was dispensed as the r1 reagent containing the labeling substance 83 at the dispensing timing of the r6 reagent at the time of measurement. The secondary BF separation process after the complex transfer process was skipped. HICL CL4 reagent (manufactured by Sysmex) was used as the R4 reagent, and HISCL R5 reagent (manufactured by Sysmex) was used as the R5 reagent.
 図21に示すように、実施例2では、分注機能の正常状態と異常状態とを比較するため第1容器11の液相を第2容器12に移す工程(a)における分注量を異ならせた条件で実験を行った。実施例2では、正常状態の分注量を20[μL]と設定し、異常状態の分注量を10[μL]と設定して、それぞれ図20の手順で実験を行った。実験は、それぞれ20回実施し、検出値の平均値、標準偏差(SD)、変動係数(C.V.)、最大値、最小値、レンジ(最大値と最小値との差分)を取得した。検出値は、検出部60の光検出器61で取得された光子のカウント数である。 As shown in FIG. 21, in Example 2, the dispensing amount in the step (a) of transferring the liquid phase of the first container 11 to the second container 12 is different in order to compare the normal state and the abnormal state of the dispensing function. The experiment was conducted under the conditions described above. In Example 2, the dispensing amount in the normal state was set to 20 [μL], the dispensing amount in the abnormal state was set to 10 [μL], and the experiment was performed according to the procedure of FIG. Each experiment was performed 20 times, and the average value, standard deviation (SD), coefficient of variation (C.V.), maximum value, minimum value, and range (difference between the maximum value and the minimum value) of the detected values were obtained. . The detection value is a count number of photons acquired by the photodetector 61 of the detection unit 60.
 図21から、正常(20μL)では、約13000万カウント~約15000万カウントの範囲で検出値が取得され、異常(10μL)では、約8000万カウント~約9000万カウントの範囲で検出値が取得された。正常(20μL)と異常(10μL)とでは、検出値に1.5倍以上の差がある。実施例2から、異常により第2容器12への液相の分注量が変動した場合に、分注量に応じて検出値が変動することが分かる。そのため、液相の分注量の設定値から、管理試料20に含まれる標識物質83の予想検出値の許容範囲を規定する基準値V2を予め設定しておくことにより、複合体転移処理における分注機能が正常か異常かを判定できることが確認された。たとえば、許容範囲として、(平均値±2SD)の範囲を設定しても、正常状態と異常状態とを十分に判定可能である。 From FIG. 21, in normal (20 μL), detection values are acquired in the range of about 130 million counts to about 150,000,000, and in abnormal (10 μL), detection values are acquired in the range of about 80 million counts to about 90 million counts. It was done. There is a difference of 1.5 times or more in the detected value between normal (20 μL) and abnormal (10 μL). From Example 2, it can be seen that when the dispensing amount of the liquid phase into the second container 12 varies due to an abnormality, the detected value varies according to the dispensing amount. Therefore, by setting in advance a reference value V2 that defines the allowable range of the expected detection value of the labeling substance 83 contained in the control sample 20 from the set value of the liquid phase dispensing amount, It was confirmed that the order function can be judged normal or abnormal. For example, even if a range of (average value ± 2SD) is set as the allowable range, the normal state and the abnormal state can be sufficiently determined.
 なお、免疫測定装置100は、複合体転移処理における液相の分注量を、可変範囲内で任意に設定可能であってもよい。たとえば、免疫測定装置100は、液相の分注量を、10μL~80μLの範囲で、ユーザが任意に設定可能である。この場合も、実施例2から、分注量に応じて検出値が変動することが分かるので、予め設定された液相の分注量に対応する予想検出値の許容範囲を規定する基準値V2をそれぞれ事前に取得しておけばよい。判定部70は、液相の分注量の設定値を取得し、設定値に応じた基準値V2を選択して、検出値と比較することにより、複合体転移処理における分注機能が正常か異常かを判定できる。 Note that the immunoassay apparatus 100 may be capable of arbitrarily setting the amount of liquid phase dispensed in the complex transfer process within a variable range. For example, in the immunoassay device 100, the user can arbitrarily set the dispensing amount of the liquid phase in the range of 10 μL to 80 μL. Also in this case, it can be seen from Example 2 that the detected value varies depending on the dispensed amount, and therefore, the reference value V2 that defines the allowable range of the predicted detected value corresponding to the preset dispensed amount of the liquid phase. Can be obtained in advance. The determination unit 70 acquires the set value of the liquid phase dispensing amount, selects the reference value V2 corresponding to the set value, and compares it with the detected value, so that the dispensing function in the complex transfer process is normal. Can determine if it is abnormal.
 (状態確認方法の変形例)
 状態確認方法は、上記の集磁機能の確認および分注機能の確認のための各工程に加えて、別の状態確認の工程を実施してもよい。
(Modification of status check method)
In the state confirmation method, in addition to the above steps for confirming the magnetism collecting function and the dispensing function, another state confirmation step may be performed.
 具体的には、状態確認方法は、第1容器11内で、既知濃度の被検物質81を含む試料または被検物質81を含まない試料、被検物質81と結合する標識物質21、被検物質81と結合する捕捉物質86、および捕捉物質86と結合する固相担体22とを接触させる工程、状態確認方法は、第1容器11内に、標識物質21および捕捉物質86を含む免疫複合体84を固相担体22から遊離させる遊離試薬85を分注した後、第1容器11内の液相を第2容器12に移す工程、および第2容器12内に存在する標識物質21を検出する工程、をさらに備えてもよい。 Specifically, the state confirmation method includes a sample containing a test substance 81 having a known concentration or a sample not containing the test substance 81 in the first container 11, a labeling substance 21 that binds to the test substance 81, a test The step of contacting the capture substance 86 that binds to the substance 81 and the solid phase carrier 22 that binds to the capture substance 86 and the state confirmation method include an immune complex including the labeling substance 21 and the capture substance 86 in the first container 11. After dispensing the free reagent 85 that liberates 84 from the solid phase carrier 22, the step of transferring the liquid phase in the first container 11 to the second container 12 and the labeling substance 21 present in the second container 12 are detected. You may further provide a process.
 すなわち、図4に示した検体に代えて、既知濃度の被検物質81を含む精度管理試料または被検物質81を含まない試料を用いて、通常の検体に対する測定動作と同じ動作を行うことにより、状態確認を行ってもよい。既知濃度の被検物質81を含む管理試料の測定によって、工程(b)により得られた検出値が、既知濃度の管理試料から予想される基準値の範囲内に収まることが確認される。また、被検物質81を含まない管理試料の測定によって、工程(b)により得られた検出値が、被検物質81を含まない管理試料(ブランク試料)から予想される基準値の範囲内に収まることが確認される。これにより、複合体転移処理を用いた免疫測定の測定精度が正常であることが確認される。 That is, instead of the specimen shown in FIG. 4, by using a quality control sample containing a test substance 81 having a known concentration or a sample not containing the test substance 81, the same operation as the measurement operation for a normal specimen is performed. The status may be checked. By measuring the control sample containing the test substance 81 having a known concentration, it is confirmed that the detection value obtained in the step (b) falls within the range of the reference value expected from the control sample having the known concentration. Further, the measurement value of the control sample that does not include the test substance 81 causes the detection value obtained in the step (b) to be within the range of reference values expected from the control sample that does not include the test substance 81 (blank sample). Confirmed to fit. Thereby, it is confirmed that the measurement accuracy of the immunoassay using the complex transfer treatment is normal.
 (免疫測定装置の動作説明)
 次に、図5に示した免疫測定装置100の動作を、図22を用いて説明する。以下の説明では、免疫測定装置100の動作の各ステップについて図22を参照し、免疫測定装置100の各部について図5~図10を参照するものとする。状態確認の処理については、図11~図14および図17~図19を参照するものとする。以下の各ステップの動作制御は、免疫測定装置100の分析部110により行われる。
(Explanation of the operation of the immunoassay device)
Next, the operation of the immunoassay apparatus 100 shown in FIG. 5 will be described with reference to FIG. In the following description, each step of the operation of the immunoassay apparatus 100 is referred to FIG. 22, and each part of the immunoassay apparatus 100 is referred to FIGS. For the status confirmation processing, refer to FIG. 11 to FIG. 14 and FIG. 17 to FIG. Operation control of the following steps is performed by the analysis unit 110 of the immunoassay device 100.
 ステップS1において、分析部110は、免疫測定装置100の状態確認を行うか否かを判断する。状態確認は、たとえば、タッチパネルやマウスなどの図示しない入力装置を介してユーザにより状態確認の実行命令が入力された場合に実施される。状態確認は、たとえば、予め設定された状態確認の実行タイミングになった場合に実行される。状態確認の実行タイミングは、少なくとも1日の最初の測定の開始前、または1日の最初の装置起動時である。状態確認の実行タイミングは、予めユーザにより任意に設定されうる。 In step S1, the analysis unit 110 determines whether or not to check the state of the immunoassay device 100. The state confirmation is performed, for example, when a user inputs a state confirmation execution command via an input device (not shown) such as a touch panel or a mouse. The state confirmation is executed, for example, when a predetermined state confirmation execution timing comes. The execution timing of the status check is at least before the start of the first measurement on the first day, or at the first device startup on the first day. The execution timing of the state confirmation can be arbitrarily set in advance by the user.
 免疫測定装置100の状態確認を行わない場合、ステップS2において、分析部110は、検体の免疫測定を行うか否かを判断する。分析部110は、ホストコンピュータに測定オーダが登録されているか否かにより、免疫測定を行うか否かを判断する。測定オーダが登録されている場合、ステップS3において、分析部110は、機構部50に測定処理を開始させる。免疫測定は、図4に示した手順で実施される。検出部60の検出結果が取得されると、分析部110は、検出値と検量線とを比較して、被検物質81の存在量を所得する。ステップS2において測定オーダが登録されていない場合、処理がステップS1に戻り、状態確認または免疫測定を開始タイミングまで待機する。 If the status of the immunoassay apparatus 100 is not checked, the analysis unit 110 determines whether or not to perform immunoassay of the sample in step S2. The analysis unit 110 determines whether or not to perform immunoassay based on whether or not the measurement order is registered in the host computer. When the measurement order is registered, in step S3, the analysis unit 110 causes the mechanism unit 50 to start measurement processing. The immunoassay is performed according to the procedure shown in FIG. When the detection result of the detection unit 60 is acquired, the analysis unit 110 compares the detection value with the calibration curve and obtains the abundance of the test substance 81. If the measurement order is not registered in step S2, the process returns to step S1 and waits until the start timing for state confirmation or immunoassay.
 ステップS1において、免疫測定装置100の状態確認を行う場合、処理がステップS4に進む。ステップS4~S7において、分析部110は、機構部50により、図12~図19に示した状態確認の動作を実施させる。ここでは、複合体転移処理の前に実施される分注や1次BF分離処理を、便宜的にステップS4の管理試料の準備処理として記載している。また、複合体転移処理の後に実施される分注や2次BF分離処理を、便宜的にステップS6の後処理として記載している。 In step S1, when the state of the immunoassay apparatus 100 is confirmed, the process proceeds to step S4. In steps S4 to S7, the analysis unit 110 causes the mechanism unit 50 to perform the state confirmation operation shown in FIGS. Here, the dispensing and the primary BF separation process performed before the complex transfer process are described as the preparation process of the control sample in step S4 for convenience. In addition, the dispensing and the secondary BF separation process performed after the complex transfer process are described as post-processing of step S6 for convenience.
 ここでは、免疫測定装置100の集磁機能の確認と、分注機能の確認との、両方が行われる例を示す。この場合、分析部110は、図12~図14に示したように標識物質21または83が結合した固相担体22または82を含んだ管理試料20を収容した第1容器11と、図18または図19に示したように標識物質21または83が溶解した溶液を含む管理試料20を収容した第1容器11とを、それぞれ準備させる。そして、標識物質21または83が結合した固相担体22または82を含んだ管理試料を収容した第1容器11を用いて集磁機能の確認が行われ、標識物質21または83が溶解した溶液を含む管理試料20を収容した第1容器11を用いて分注機能の確認が行われる。 Here, an example is shown in which both the confirmation of the magnetism collecting function and the confirmation of the dispensing function of the immunoassay apparatus 100 are performed. In this case, the analysis unit 110 includes the first container 11 containing the management sample 20 including the solid phase carrier 22 or 82 to which the labeling substance 21 or 83 is bound, as shown in FIGS. As shown in FIG. 19, the first container 11 containing the control sample 20 containing the solution in which the labeling substance 21 or 83 is dissolved is prepared. Then, the magnetic flux collecting function is confirmed using the first container 11 containing the control sample containing the solid phase carrier 22 or 82 to which the labeling substance 21 or 83 is bound, and the solution in which the labeling substance 21 or 83 is dissolved is obtained. The dispensing function is confirmed using the first container 11 containing the management sample 20 including the control sample 20.
 ステップS5において、分析部110は、機構部50に複合体転移処理を実施させる。すなわち、分析部110は、機構部50に、標識物質21を含む管理試料20が収容された第1容器11内の液相を第2容器12に移す工程(a)を実施させる。 In step S5, the analysis unit 110 causes the mechanism unit 50 to perform a complex transfer process. That is, the analysis unit 110 causes the mechanism unit 50 to perform the step (a) of transferring the liquid phase in the first container 11 containing the management sample 20 including the labeling substance 21 to the second container 12.
 ステップS7において、分析部110は、検出部60に、液相が移された第2容器12内の標識物質21を検出する工程(b)を実施させる。ステップS7の結果、管理試料の測定結果が取得される。 In step S7, the analysis unit 110 causes the detection unit 60 to perform the step (b) of detecting the labeling substance 21 in the second container 12 to which the liquid phase has been transferred. As a result of step S7, the measurement result of the control sample is acquired.
 ステップS8において、判定部70が、複合体転移処理を実施するための機能の判定を行う。判定部70は、集磁機能については、検出部60の検出値が基準値V1(図11参照)を下回るか否かに基づいて、集磁機能が正常であるか異常であるかを判定する。判定部70は、分注機能については、検出部60の検出値が基準値V2(図17参照)を上回るか否かに基づいて、分注機能が正常であるか異常であるかを判定する。 In step S8, the determination unit 70 determines a function for performing the complex transfer process. The determination unit 70 determines whether the magnetic collection function is normal or abnormal based on whether the detection value of the detection unit 60 is lower than the reference value V1 (see FIG. 11). . For the dispensing function, the determination unit 70 determines whether the dispensing function is normal or abnormal based on whether the detection value of the detection unit 60 exceeds the reference value V2 (see FIG. 17). .
 集磁機能および分注機能が正常であると判定された場合、分析部110は、検体の免疫測定を行うために待機する。集磁機能または分注機能が異常であると判定された場合、分析部110は、たとえば図示しない表示装置へのメッセージ表示等によって、免疫測定装置100の複合体転移処理を行う機能に異常があることをユーザに報知する。この際、分析部110は、再び状態確認が実施されて集磁機能および分注機能が正常であると判定されるまで、検体の免疫測定を行う機能を停止させてもよい。 When it is determined that the magnetism collecting function and the dispensing function are normal, the analysis unit 110 waits for immunoassay of the specimen. When it is determined that the magnetism collecting function or the dispensing function is abnormal, the analysis unit 110 has an abnormality in the function of performing the complex transfer process of the immunoassay device 100 by, for example, displaying a message on a display device (not shown). This is notified to the user. At this time, the analysis unit 110 may stop the function of performing the immunoassay of the specimen until the state confirmation is performed again and it is determined that the magnetism collecting function and the dispensing function are normal.
 なお、今回開示された実施形態は、すべての点で例示であって制限的なものではないと考えられるべきである。本発明の範囲は、上記した実施形態の説明ではなく特許請求の範囲によって示され、さらに特許請求の範囲と均等の意味および範囲内でのすべての変更が含まれる。 In addition, it should be thought that embodiment disclosed this time is an illustration and restrictive at no points. The scope of the present invention is shown not by the above description of the embodiments but by the scope of claims for patent, and further includes all modifications within the meaning and scope equivalent to the scope of claims for patent.
 本発明は、例えば免疫複合体転移法を用いる免疫測定装置の状態確認に好適に利用できる。 The present invention can be suitably used for confirmation of the state of an immunoassay device using, for example, an immune complex transfer method.
11:第1容器、12:第2容器、20:管理試料、21:標識物質、22:固相担体、23:第3固相担体、50:機構部、51:吸引管、52:磁力源、60:検出部、70:判定部、81:被検物質、82:固相担体、82a:第1固相担体、82b:第2固相担体、83:標識物質、84:免疫複合体、85:遊離試薬、86:捕捉物質、100:免疫測定装置、110:分析部、120:検体分注部、121:吸引管、130:試薬分注部、131:吸引管、170:BF分離部、V1:基準値、V2:基準値 11: first container, 12: second container, 20: control sample, 21: labeling substance, 22: solid phase carrier, 23: third solid phase carrier, 50: mechanism, 51: suction tube, 52: magnetic source 60: detection unit, 70: determination unit, 81: test substance, 82: solid phase carrier, 82a: first solid phase carrier, 82b: second solid phase carrier, 83: labeling substance, 84: immune complex, 85: free reagent, 86: capture substance, 100: immunoassay device, 110: analysis unit, 120: sample dispensing unit, 121: suction tube, 130: reagent dispensing unit, 131: suction tube, 170: BF separation unit , V1: reference value, V2: reference value

Claims (29)

  1.  検体中の被検物質と標識物質とを含み固相担体に担持された免疫複合体を収容する第1容器内で、前記免疫複合体を前記固相担体から遊離させ、前記第1容器内の液相を第2容器に移す複合体転移処理を行う免疫測定装置の状態確認方法であって、
     少なくとも前記標識物質を含む管理試料が収容された前記第1容器内の液相を前記第2容器に移す工程と、
     液相が移された前記第2容器内の前記標識物質を検出する工程と、
     前記第2容器内の前記標識物質の検出結果に基づいて、前記複合体転移処理を行う前記免疫測定装置の状態を判定する工程と、を備える、免疫測定装置の状態確認方法。
    In a first container that contains an immune complex that includes a test substance and a labeling substance in a sample and is supported on a solid phase carrier, the immune complex is released from the solid phase carrier, A method for confirming the state of an immunoassay device for performing a complex transfer process for transferring a liquid phase to a second container,
    Transferring the liquid phase in the first container containing the control sample containing at least the labeling substance to the second container;
    Detecting the labeling substance in the second container to which the liquid phase has been transferred;
    Determining the state of the immunoassay device that performs the complex transfer process based on the detection result of the labeling substance in the second container.
  2.  前記第2容器内の前記標識物質の検出結果に基づいて、前記複合体転移処理における異常を判定する工程をさらに備える、請求項1に記載の免疫測定装置の状態確認方法。 The method for confirming the state of the immunoassay device according to claim 1, further comprising a step of determining an abnormality in the complex transfer process based on a detection result of the labeling substance in the second container.
  3.  前記複合体転移処理における異常を判定する工程は、前記第1容器内の前記固相担体を集める機能、および前記第1容器内の液相を前記第2容器に移し替える機能、の少なくともいずれかの異常を判定することを含む、請求項2に記載の免疫測定装置の状態確認方法。 The step of determining an abnormality in the complex transfer process includes at least one of a function of collecting the solid phase carrier in the first container and a function of transferring the liquid phase in the first container to the second container. The method for confirming the state of the immunoassay device according to claim 2, comprising determining whether or not the abnormality is present.
  4.  前記第2容器内における前記標識物質の検出値が基準値を超えること、または前記検出値が基準値を下回ること、に基づいて前記異常を判定する、請求項2に記載の免疫測定装置の状態確認方法。 The state of the immunoassay device according to claim 2, wherein the abnormality is determined based on whether a detected value of the labeling substance in the second container exceeds a reference value or the detected value is lower than a reference value. Confirmation method.
  5.  前記第1容器内の液相を前記第2容器に移す工程の前に、前記免疫測定装置により、前記管理試料を前記第1容器に分注する工程をさらに備える、請求項1に記載の免疫測定装置の状態確認方法。 The immunity according to claim 1, further comprising the step of dispensing the management sample into the first container by the immunoassay device before the step of transferring the liquid phase in the first container to the second container. How to check the status of the measuring device.
  6.  前記管理試料は、前記標識物質が結合した前記固相担体を含み、
     前記第1容器内の液相を前記第2容器に移す工程において、前記第1容器内で前記標識物質が結合した前記固相担体を集める処理を行う、請求項1に記載の免疫測定装置の状態確認方法。
    The management sample includes the solid phase carrier to which the labeling substance is bound,
    2. The immunoassay device according to claim 1, wherein in the step of transferring the liquid phase in the first container to the second container, the solid phase carrier to which the labeling substance is bound is collected in the first container. Status check method.
  7.  前記固相担体が磁性粒子であり、
     前記固相担体を集める処理は、前記磁性粒子を磁力源により集磁する処理を含み、
     前記第2容器内の前記標識物質の検出結果に基づいて、前記磁力源による集磁機能の異常を判定する工程をさらに備える、請求項6に記載の免疫測定装置の状態確認方法。
    The solid support is magnetic particles,
    The process of collecting the solid phase carrier includes a process of collecting the magnetic particles by a magnetic source,
    The method for confirming the state of the immunoassay device according to claim 6, further comprising a step of determining an abnormality of the magnetic flux collecting function by the magnetic force source based on a detection result of the labeling substance in the second container.
  8.  前記標識物質の検出値が基準値を上回る場合に、前記磁力源による集磁機能の異常があると判定する、請求項7に記載の免疫測定装置の状態確認方法。 The method of confirming the state of the immunoassay device according to claim 7, wherein when the detected value of the labeling substance exceeds a reference value, it is determined that there is an abnormality in the magnetic flux collecting function by the magnetic force source.
  9.  前記基準値は、集磁されずに前記第2容器に移される前記磁性粒子の許容上限量に相当する前記標識物質の予想検出値である、請求項8に記載の免疫測定装置の状態確認方法。 The method for confirming the state of the immunoassay device according to claim 8, wherein the reference value is an expected detection value of the labeling substance corresponding to an allowable upper limit amount of the magnetic particles transferred to the second container without being collected. .
  10.  前記第1容器内の液相を前記第2容器に移す工程の前に、前記第1容器内で、既知濃度の前記被検物質を含む試料、前記被検物質と結合する前記標識物質、前記被検物質と結合する捕捉物質、および前記捕捉物質と結合する前記固相担体とを接触させる工程をさらに備える、請求項6に記載の免疫測定装置の状態確認方法。 Before the step of transferring the liquid phase in the first container to the second container, the sample containing the test substance having a known concentration in the first container, the labeling substance that binds to the test substance, The method for confirming the state of the immunoassay device according to claim 6, further comprising a step of contacting a capture substance that binds to a test substance and the solid phase carrier that binds to the capture substance.
  11.  前記管理試料は、検体の測定時において複合体転移処理前に前記第1容器に分注される第1固相担体を含む、請求項10に記載の免疫測定装置の状態確認方法。 The method for confirming a state of an immunoassay device according to claim 10, wherein the management sample includes a first solid phase carrier that is dispensed into the first container before complex transfer treatment at the time of measurement of a specimen.
  12.  前記管理試料は、検体の測定時において複合体転移処理後に前記第2容器に分注される第2固相担体を含む、請求項10に記載の免疫測定装置の状態確認方法。 The method for confirming the state of the immunoassay device according to claim 10, wherein the management sample includes a second solid phase carrier that is dispensed into the second container after complex transfer treatment at the time of measurement of the specimen.
  13.  前記第1容器内の液相を前記第2容器に移す工程の前に、前記被検物質、前記標識物質、前記捕捉物質を含む前記免疫複合体と結合した前記固相担体と、液相とを分離するBF分離を行う工程をさらに備える、請求項10に記載の免疫測定装置の状態確認方法。 Before the step of transferring the liquid phase in the first container to the second container, the solid phase carrier bound to the immune complex including the test substance, the labeling substance, and the capture substance, and a liquid phase The method for confirming the state of the immunoassay device according to claim 10, further comprising a step of performing BF separation for separating the immunity.
  14.  前記複合体転移処理において、前記第1容器に遊離試薬が分注されることにより、前記免疫複合体が前記固相担体から遊離され、
     BF分離を行う工程の後、前記第1容器内の液相を前記第2容器に移す工程の前に、前記遊離試薬を含まない液相を前記第1容器に分注する工程をさらに備える、請求項13に記載の免疫測定装置の状態確認方法。
    In the complex transfer treatment, a free reagent is dispensed into the first container, whereby the immune complex is released from the solid phase carrier,
    After the step of performing BF separation, before the step of transferring the liquid phase in the first container to the second container, further comprising the step of dispensing the liquid phase not containing the free reagent into the first container. The method for confirming the state of the immunoassay device according to claim 13.
  15.  前記管理試料は、被検物質と結合せずに前記標識物質と結合した第3固相担体を含む、請求項6に記載の免疫測定装置の状態確認方法。 The method for confirming the state of the immunoassay device according to claim 6, wherein the management sample includes a third solid phase carrier that is bound to the labeling substance without being bound to the test substance.
  16.  前記管理試料は、前記標識物質が溶解した溶液を含む、請求項1に記載の免疫測定装置の状態確認方法。 The method for confirming the state of the immunoassay device according to claim 1, wherein the control sample includes a solution in which the labeling substance is dissolved.
  17.  前記第1容器内の液相を前記第2容器に移す工程は、前記第1容器内の液相を吸引し、吸引した液相を前記第2容器に吐出する分注処理を含み、
     前記第2容器内の前記標識物質の検出結果に基づいて、分注機能の異常を判定する工程をさらに備える、請求項16に記載の免疫測定装置の状態確認方法。
    The step of transferring the liquid phase in the first container to the second container includes a dispensing process for sucking the liquid phase in the first container and discharging the sucked liquid phase to the second container,
    The method of confirming the state of the immunoassay device according to claim 16, further comprising a step of determining an abnormality in a dispensing function based on a detection result of the labeling substance in the second container.
  18.  前記標識物質の検出値が基準値を下回る場合に、分注機能の異常があると判定する、請求項17に記載の免疫測定装置の状態確認方法。 The method for confirming the state of the immunoassay device according to claim 17, wherein when the detection value of the labeling substance is below a reference value, it is determined that there is an abnormality in the dispensing function.
  19.  前記基準値は、前記管理試料に含まれる前記標識物質の予想検出値の許容限度として設定された値である、請求項18に記載の免疫測定装置の状態確認方法。 19. The method according to claim 18, wherein the reference value is a value set as an allowable limit of an expected detection value of the labeling substance contained in the control sample.
  20.  前記管理試料は、検体の測定時において前記第1容器に分注される前記標識物質を含む、請求項16に記載の免疫測定装置の状態確認方法。 The method for confirming the state of the immunoassay device according to claim 16, wherein the control sample includes the labeling substance dispensed into the first container at the time of measurement of a specimen.
  21.  前記管理試料に含まれる前記標識物質が酵素であり、
     前記第2容器内の前記標識物質を検出する工程は、前記酵素の基質を前記第2容器に添加し、酵素反応により生じた反応産物から生じる信号を測定することにより行われる、請求項1に記載の免疫測定装置の状態確認方法。
    The labeling substance contained in the control sample is an enzyme;
    The step of detecting the labeling substance in the second container is performed by adding a substrate of the enzyme to the second container and measuring a signal generated from a reaction product generated by an enzyme reaction. The state confirmation method of the immunoassay apparatus of description.
  22.  前記第1容器内で、既知濃度の前記被検物質を含む試料または前記被検物質を含まない試料、前記被検物質と結合する前記標識物質、前記被検物質と結合する捕捉物質、および前記捕捉物質と結合する前記固相担体とを接触させる工程、
     前記第1容器内に、前記標識物質および前記捕捉物質を含む前記免疫複合体を前記固相担体から遊離させる遊離試薬を分注した後、前記第1容器内の液相を前記第2容器に移す工程、および
     前記第2容器内に存在する前記標識物質を検出する工程、をさらに備える、請求項1に記載の免疫測定装置の状態確認方法。
    In the first container, a sample containing the test substance having a known concentration or a sample not containing the test substance, the labeling substance that binds to the test substance, a capture substance that binds to the test substance, and the Contacting the solid phase carrier that binds to the capture substance;
    After dispensing a free reagent for releasing the immune complex containing the labeling substance and the capture substance from the solid phase carrier into the first container, the liquid phase in the first container is transferred to the second container. The method of confirming the state of the immunoassay device according to claim 1, further comprising a step of transferring, and a step of detecting the labeling substance present in the second container.
  23.  検体中の被検物質と標識物質とを含み固相担体に担持された免疫複合体を収容する第1容器内で、前記免疫複合体を前記固相担体から遊離させ、前記第1容器内の液相を第2容器に移す複合体転移処理を行う免疫測定装置であって、
     少なくとも前記標識物質を含む管理試料が収容された前記第1容器内の液相を前記第2容器に移す処理を行う機構部と、
     液相が移された前記第2容器内の前記標識物質を検出する検出部と、
     前記検出部の検出結果に基づいて、前記複合体転移処理における異常を判定する判定部と、を備える、免疫測定装置。
    In a first container that contains an immune complex that includes a test substance and a labeling substance in a sample and is supported on a solid phase carrier, the immune complex is released from the solid phase carrier, An immunoassay device for performing a complex transfer process for transferring a liquid phase to a second container,
    A mechanism for performing a process of transferring the liquid phase in the first container containing the control sample containing at least the labeling substance to the second container;
    A detection unit for detecting the labeling substance in the second container to which the liquid phase has been transferred;
    An immunoassay device comprising: a determination unit that determines an abnormality in the complex transfer process based on a detection result of the detection unit.
  24.  前記判定部は、前記機構部による前記第1容器内の前記固相担体を集める機能、および前記機構部による前記第1容器内の液相を前記第2容器に移し替える機能、の少なくともいずれかの異常を判定する、請求項23に記載の免疫測定装置。 The determination unit is at least one of a function of collecting the solid phase carrier in the first container by the mechanism unit and a function of transferring the liquid phase in the first container to the second container by the mechanism unit. The immunoassay device according to claim 23, wherein abnormality is determined.
  25.  前記管理試料は、前記標識物質が結合した磁性粒子を含み、
     前記機構部は、前記第1容器内で前記標識物質が結合した前記磁性粒子を集磁する磁力源を含み、
     前記判定部は、前記磁力源による集磁機能の異常を判定する、請求項24に記載の免疫測定装置。
    The management sample includes magnetic particles to which the labeling substance is bound,
    The mechanism unit includes a magnetic force source that collects the magnetic particles to which the labeling substance is bound in the first container,
    25. The immunoassay device according to claim 24, wherein the determination unit determines abnormality of a magnetic flux collecting function by the magnetic source.
  26.  前記管理試料は、前記標識物質が溶解した溶液を含み、
     前記機構部は、前記第1容器内の液相を吸引し、吸引した液相を前記第2容器に吐出する吸引管を含み、
     前記判定部は、前記吸引管による分注機能の異常を判定する、請求項24に記載の免疫測定装置。
    The control sample includes a solution in which the labeling substance is dissolved,
    The mechanism portion includes a suction pipe that sucks the liquid phase in the first container and discharges the sucked liquid phase to the second container;
    The immunoassay device according to claim 24, wherein the determination unit determines an abnormality in a dispensing function by the suction tube.
  27.  前記機構部は、前記被検物質を含む検体を分注するための検体分注部と、前記標識物質を含む標識試薬、および前記固相担体を含む固相試薬とを分注するための試薬分注部と、を含み、前記第1容器内に前記管理試料を調製するように構成されている、請求項23に記載の免疫測定装置。 The mechanism unit is a reagent for dispensing a sample dispensing unit for dispensing a sample containing the test substance, a labeling reagent containing the labeling substance, and a solid phase reagent containing the solid phase carrier. 24. The immunoassay device according to claim 23, comprising a dispensing unit, and configured to prepare the management sample in the first container.
  28.  前記試薬分注部は、
      前記検体の測定を行う場合には、前記免疫複合体を前記固相担体から遊離させる遊離試薬を前記第1容器に分注し、
      前記第1容器内の液相を前記第2容器に移す処理における異常を判定する場合には、前記遊離試薬に代えて前記遊離試薬を含まない液相を分注する、請求項27に記載の免疫測定装置。
    The reagent dispensing unit is
    When measuring the specimen, a free reagent for releasing the immune complex from the solid phase carrier is dispensed into the first container,
    28. When determining an abnormality in the process of transferring the liquid phase in the first container to the second container, the liquid phase not containing the free reagent is dispensed instead of the free reagent. Immunoassay device.
  29.  前記機構部は、前記被検物質、前記標識物質を含む前記免疫複合体と結合した前記固相担体と、液相とを分離するBF分離部を含み、
     前記BF分離部は、前記第1容器内の前記管理試料に対するBF分離を行う、請求項27に記載の免疫測定装置。
    The mechanism part includes a BF separation part for separating the solid phase carrier bound to the test substance, the immune complex containing the labeling substance, and a liquid phase,
    28. The immunoassay device according to claim 27, wherein the BF separation unit performs BF separation on the management sample in the first container.
PCT/JP2019/003455 2018-02-28 2019-01-31 Method for confirming state of immunoassay device, and immunoassay device WO2019167539A1 (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2018034674A JP7161851B2 (en) 2018-02-28 2018-02-28 Method for confirming state of immunoassay device and immunoassay device
JP2018-034674 2018-02-28

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2019167539A1 true WO2019167539A1 (en) 2019-09-06

Family

ID=67804947

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/JP2019/003455 WO2019167539A1 (en) 2018-02-28 2019-01-31 Method for confirming state of immunoassay device, and immunoassay device

Country Status (2)

Country Link
JP (1) JP7161851B2 (en)
WO (1) WO2019167539A1 (en)

Citations (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2008044313A1 (en) * 2006-10-13 2008-04-17 Olympus Corporation Method of determining abnormality and analyzer
WO2008044311A1 (en) * 2006-10-13 2008-04-17 Olympus Corporation Method for identifying abnormal state, analytical apparatus, and reagent
WO2016159319A1 (en) * 2015-03-31 2016-10-06 シスメックス株式会社 Immunoassay device

Family Cites Families (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP4043132B2 (en) * 1998-03-19 2008-02-06 オリンパス株式会社 Automatic analyzer
KR20100009645A (en) * 2007-06-19 2010-01-28 베크만 컬터, 인코포레이티드 Method of specifying error and analyzer
JP2010133870A (en) * 2008-12-05 2010-06-17 Beckman Coulter Inc Automatic analyzer and precision management method of automatic analyzer

Patent Citations (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2008044313A1 (en) * 2006-10-13 2008-04-17 Olympus Corporation Method of determining abnormality and analyzer
WO2008044311A1 (en) * 2006-10-13 2008-04-17 Olympus Corporation Method for identifying abnormal state, analytical apparatus, and reagent
WO2016159319A1 (en) * 2015-03-31 2016-10-06 シスメックス株式会社 Immunoassay device

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
JP2019148558A (en) 2019-09-05
JP7161851B2 (en) 2022-10-27

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
JP5364064B2 (en) Reaction cuvettes for complex automated analyzers of biological samples
JP4406644B2 (en) Automatic multistage detector analyzer
WO2017159359A1 (en) Automated analysis device
JP2009150912A (en) Cartridge for automatic measurement
US20140017712A1 (en) Immunological measuring method and measuring kit for whole blood sample
JP5005511B2 (en) Immunodiagnostics with reduced non-specific reactions
JP7325171B2 (en) Rack transportation method, sample measurement system
JP2018109520A (en) Analysis method and analysis device
CN110045112B (en) Immunoassay device
WO2010086942A1 (en) Automatic analyzer
JP2008224439A (en) Analysis apparatus and abnormality specifying method
JP6300676B2 (en) Analysis method and automatic analyzer
US20140348704A1 (en) Analyzing apparatus for laboratory test
JP5123859B2 (en) Abnormality identification method, analyzer and reagent
WO2008044312A1 (en) Method of identifying error and analyzer
WO2019167539A1 (en) Method for confirming state of immunoassay device, and immunoassay device
JP2001091519A (en) Autoanalyzer
CN107966563A (en) A kind of antimyeloperoxidase antibody IgG chemiluminescence immunoassay kits and preparation method thereof
JPH04106471A (en) Measuring apparatus for bio-related material
JP5294572B2 (en) Analysis apparatus and analysis method
WO2023176398A1 (en) Test device
WO2023176400A1 (en) Inspection device
WO2023176399A1 (en) Inspection device
WO2020166611A1 (en) Analysis device
WO2023127182A1 (en) Automatic analysis device and automatic analysis method

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 19761690

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 19761690

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1